全新版大学英语听说教程test2听力原文
全新版大学英语第二版听说教程2听力原文及答案
全新版大学英语（第二版）听说教程2Unit 1 Sports Part A]Listening StrategyIdentifying NumbersNumbers appear very often in every kind of listening material. The a bility to catch the exact numbers spoken in English is an important but difficult skill for a Chinese learner. A good way is to pract ice over and over again the pronunciation of the numbers, particularl y the different ways to say thirteen and thirty, fourteen and forty, etc. It also helps to practice writing down the numbers you hear quickly in numerical forms, without translating them into Chinese. You 're going to hear a passage about Michael Jordan, a retired American professional basketball player.Listen carefully and fill in the blanks with the missing numbers. Michael Jordan is the greatest basketball player of all time. He was born on Feb.17, 1963, in Brooklyn, New York. He is 1.98 meters ta ll and weighs 216 pounds. Jordan joined the Chicago Bulls team for the 1984 season. In the 1986 season he shot 3041 points, the third highest score ever. He was named NBA Slam Dunk Champion(扣篮冠军)in 1987 and won the Most Valuable Player Award in 1988, an honor repeated four times in the next ten years to 1998. Jordan guided his team to win six NBA championships during the 1990s, scoring 45 points during the sixth and last game of the 1998 NBA finals. In 1 999, he was named the greatest North American athlete of the 20th c entury. Jordan left the NBA at the beginning of the 1993-1994 NBA s eason to pursue a career in baseball. Since his baseball game wasn't quite as good as his basketball games, he finally gave it up to rejoin the Bulls in 1995. Yet, after playing for five more years, h e once again announced his retirement in 1999. But he returned for two more NBA games in 2001 as a member of the Washington Wizards.[ti:Unit 1 Part B]Listening Tasks A ConversationWhy Don't You Join Me at the Gym Sometime?Exercise 1Listen to the conversation and choose the right answers to the quest ions you hear.Peter: Hi Laura. Where are you heading with that big bag?Laura: Hi, Peter. I'm off to the gym. I've got to stay in shape, you know. I try to go three times a week, but I'm busy so I can' t always make it.Peter: I know more women who work out than men. What's the main re ason you work out? For your health, or to look good?Laura: To be honest, for both. With women, good looks are always avery important consideration. Peter: If they were honest, most men who work out would admit that they also do it to look better, and not merely for health reasons.Laura: How about you? Do you get any regular exercise?Peter: I do a lot of walking, for exercise and enjoyment sometimes ten to twenty kilometers at a time but I never go to the gym like you do.Laura: Well, walking is good exercise. How about sports?Peter: Not since my school days. I used to love playing baseball, b ut it's impossible to get enough people together for a game now. Mo stly I just watch sports on TV.Laura: I play tennis fairly regularly with my friends, and sometimes go swimming and cycling by myself.Peter: Oh, I forgot about that. I go cycling sometimes too. And I often go swimming on vacation, but only recreational swimming.Laura: Why don't you join me at the gym sometime? I can get you a guest pass. Peter: Well, maybe someday, but I'm pretty lazy about things like that. Questions1. What do you know about Peter?2. Where might the two speakers be having this conversation? Speaking Tasks Pair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with your partner.Conversation 1A: What's your plan for this evening?B: Well, there's a good game at the stadium but I haven't got a t icket yet.A: I'm going to the gym. Would you like to come along? I can get a guest pass for you. B: That's wonderful. I'd always wanted to w ork out in the new gym. Thank you very much. Conversation 2A: Hi, Xiao Wang. Fancy meeting you here! How are you doing?B: Can't complain. I'm busy with my experiments in the lab. But aft er work I often play some sports．A: Like what?B: Like swimming, running and sometimes tennis.A: Tennis? That's my favorite game. Say, what're you doing this week end? B: Nothing particular. I guess I'll probably just work in the lab. A: Come on. You need to relax. What about a game of tennis? B: OK.Conversation 3A: Are you doing anything special tomorrow, Bob? B: Not really. Why do you ask?A: Some of us are going motorcycling. Would you like to join us? B : Motorcycling? I've never done that. Isn't it a bit dangerous? A: Maybe, but it's really exciting.B: I enjoy jogging. It's more relaxing.A: That's a good form of exercise. It can help you stay in shape. B: Yes, it's also safer.Now make similar conversations according to the given situations. Use the structures and expressions above in your conversations where app ropriate[ti:Unit 1 Part C] Test Your ListeningYou're going to hear five short conversations. Listen carefully and c hoose the right answers to the questions you hear.1. W: I like playing basketball, volleyball and table tennis. What a bout you? M: Well, tennis is my favorite sport. Q: What sport does the man like?2. W: You don't like boxing very much, do you? M: It's far from b eing my kind of sport. Q: What does the man mean?3. W: I think yesterday's football game was quite exciting. What abo ut you, John?M: You said it. But it was a bit long.Q: What does the man think about the football game? 4. W: Do you like to play chess?M: I like the game, but I don't play it often enough. I'm afraid I'm not a very good chess player. Q: What does the man mean?5. M: I knew the names of all the football players and the dates of all the games in my high school days. But recently I have faile d to keep up with football. W: Now you are busy with your golf ga mes.Q: What do you know about the man from the conversation?Unit 2 Food and Drinks Part AListening StrategyListening "Between the Lines"People do not always say directly what they mean. Very often, we ha ve to listen "between the lines". The English language offers many w ays for people to imply, rather than directly state, their meaning. To find out what a speaker really means, we can rely on such thing s as the context, the meaning of an idiom, and the intonation used. For example, if someone says "I have an essay to write" in answer to an invitation to go somewhere, we can infer from the context t hat he cannot accept the invitation. And if someone says "Andrew pas sed with flying colors" in reply to an inquiry about how Andrew did on a test, we can infer from the meaning of the idiom "to pass with flying colors" that Andrew did very well on the test. Often, i ntonation also helps to reveal the real meaning of a message. For e xample, "He is very clever" said with an ironic tone means just the opposite. You are going to hear eight short conversations between t wo speakers.Listen carefully and write down "Yes" or "No" to each of the follow ing questions. 1. M: Have you ever been to that big restaurant oppo site the school gate? W: Yes, many times.Whenever my friends come to visit me, I'll take them there to eat.2. W: Is there something wrong, sir?M: My wife and I have been kept waiting for nearly an hour for ou r meal. 3. W: Where is the cake I made this morning?M: We ate it, mom. Can you make another one for us?4. W: I hear you like chicken very much.M: Next to beef.5. M: Have you tried this wine before?W: No, never. It's my first time, but it's really to my taste. 6. W: John, do you want a soda? M: Soda? I think it tastes like me dicine. 7. W: Why, the fish is left almost untouched. M: Well, it would be good if it were less salty. 8. M: Hi, Sue, would you lik e to eat out tonight?W: Oh, I'd really like to, but my sister may come to visit me thi s evening..[ti:Unit 2 Part B] Listening Tasks A ConversationWhat About Dining Out?Exercise 1Listen to the conversation and complete the following sentences. Peter : Hi, Kate.Kate: Hi, Peter. How have you been? Peter: Oh, OK, I guess. And yo u?Kate: Not too bad. We haven't seen each other for a while, have wePeter: No, we haven't. So that makes me ask. Do you have any plan for this Saturday? Kate: No, not yet, I don't think so. Why? Peter: What do you think about getting together and going out to di nner this weekend? Kate: That would be great. Do you have any parti cular place in mind?Peter: Well, I think I'd like to eat something that's not too heavy . I've been eating a little too much lately.Kate: Me too.Peter: I love Italian food, but maybe we should skip that this time . They always seem to serve so much food in Italian restaurants, an d you end up eating more than you wanted to.Kate: Chinese food would be good.Peter: Yes, or maybe some Japanese sushi. That style uses a lot of natural flavors, and not much oil or cream or heavy sauces.Kate: Yes, either of those choices would be good. Let's just meet o n Saturday night, and decide then where to eat.Peter: That's fine by me.Speaking Tasks Pair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with your partner.Conversation 1(At the school canteen) A: What a crowd!B: This is the worst time. The morning classes are just over. Every body is hungry and rushes here to have lunch.A: That's true. I'm starving and I can't wait. I'd rather not stand in a long line. B: Why don't we have some fried noodles?A: Noodles are sold at No. 2 Box. No queue there, you see. B: Tha t's great. (At No. 2 Box)Counter hand: What can I get you? A: One plate of fried noodles, p lease. B: Make it two.Counter hand: OK. Two plates of fried noodles. Anything else? A: How much is the tomato soup?Counter hand: It's free. It goes with the noodles. A: I see. (to B ) Do you want any soup? B: Yes.A: (to counter hand) Two bowls of soup, please. Conversation 2(At a fast food restaurant)Counter hand: What can I do for you?Customer: I'll have one order of chicken nuggets and a chicken sandw ich. Counter hand: Anything to drink? Customer: A small Sprite. No i ce, please. Counter hand: Okay. For here or to go? Customer: For he re. Conversation 3(At a Chinese restaurant)Waiter: Are you ready to order?A: Do you have any recommendations?Waiter: Yes. The Sichuan style crispy whole fish is very good. It's today's special.A: Mary, would you like to try that? I hear it's very good.B: Why not? And I'd like shrimp in black bean sauce, too. It's my favorite. Waiter: Okay. Anything else?A: What about some vegetables, Mary? B: Yes. How about spinach? A: Spinach is fine with me. Waiter: Anything to drink?A: Yes. I'd like one Bud Light, please. What'll you have, Mary? B: Orange juice, please.Waiter: One Bud Light and one orange juice. Is that right? A: Right .Now make similar conversations according to the given situations. Use the structures and expressions above in your conversations where app ropriate[ti:Unit 2 Part C]Test Your ListeningListen to the conversation and choose the right answers to the quest ions you hear. A: Well, here we are, not too crowded.B: Great! Let's order quickly so we can chat a little. A: OK. What are you in the mood for?B: Something light. I had a huge breakfast and I'm still full. A: There are three salads. Or you could have soup and a sandwich. B: What are you having? A hamburger, I suppose.A: No, actually I ate out last night. We had pizza at Pizza Hut, then a late snack at Kentucky Fried Chicken.B: Oh, dear. Well, maybe you should have a salad.A: Yes, I think so. Look, the daily special is spaghetti. That soun ds good. B: Oh, the prices are great too. I'll have that as well. A: Now let's decide on drinks.B: I'll just have coffee and a glass of iced water. A: Italian foo d needs red wine, you know. B: But we have to go back to work. A : OK, a Coke for me then.B: Here comes the waitress. Let me order first. Questions1. What is the relationship between the two speakers?2. Where doesthe conversation take place? 3. What will they order? Unit 3 Weather Part AListening StrategyListening for Important DetailsBesides understanding the main idea of a listening text, we often fi nd it necessary to grasp the important details as well. What counts as important details depends on the kind of information we want. G enerally speaking, if we are listening to the narration of an event, we need to sharpen our ears not only for what happened, but also when and where, how and why it happened. In listening to a weathe r report, on the other hand, the important details we should watch out for are the current weather conditions, temperature, and weather outlook. You're going to hear two short passages about weather. While listening, pay attention to such details as the weather conditions, temperature, weather outlook, damage caused by bad weather and so o n, and write them down in note form.Then complete the exercises in your book.1. The weather today: a fine day is in store nearly everywhere, with the best of the sunshine in southern and central areas of Britain . A pleasant day, then, with long sunny periods developing. There will be light winds with a maximum temperature of 18 degrees Celsius , 64 degrees Fahrenheit. Look at the outlook for the next few days: it will become mostly cloudy with heavy showers moving in from the west.2. A storm in Changchun, capital of Northeast China's Jilin Province, claimed four lives on Sunday. The storm lasted about three hours f rom around 8 p.m. The winds reached speeds of over a hundred miles an hour, causing serious damage and a widespread power failure. [ti:Unit 3 Part B] Listening Tasks A ConversationDid You Hear the Forecast?Exercise 1Listen to the conversation and choose the right answers to the quest ions you hear. Alan: Oh, look at the sky, Michelle! It's starting t o get cloudy.Michelle: I see it. I hope it doesn't rain. I thought it was going to be a fine day today.Alan: That's certainly what the department was hoping for when they chose today as the date for the annual picnic.Michelle: You can't have a picnic without good weather. You need sun shine for all the eating and games and entertainment.Alan: Yeah, sunshine —but not too much! Do you remember last yearMichelle: I sure do. It was so hot all we did was look for shade, look for ways to escape from the sun.Alan: And no one wanted to participate in any of the planned activi ties. All we wanted was cold drinks. And then we dozed off. Michelle: If there had just been the tiniest breeze to cool us off.Alan: But there wasn't. Just that burning sun, without a cloud in t he sky, and the temperature just seemed to climb higher and higher.Michelle: Well, we don't have that problem this year, apparently. Alan, did you hear the weather forecast? Is it supposed to rain? Alan: I don't know. I didn't catch the weather report. But maybe if it rains, it will only be a short shower which cools things off a little. That might not be bad. Questions1. What are Alan and Michelle mainly doing?2. What do you know ab out Alan?3. What can you infer from the conversation?Speaking TasksListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with your partner. Conversation 1A: What lovely weather we're having! Nice and cool. B: Yeah, I real ly like this kind of weather. A: What's the temperature today？B: The high is 26 and the low is 20. The weather forecast says th e good weather is likely to last, too.A: I hope so.Conversation 2A: It seems to be clearing up. All the dark clouds are gone and t he sun is coming out. B: Yes. Let's just hope it stays this way.I hate rainy days.A: I think it will continue to be fine for the next few days. Any how, that's what the weatherman says.B: That's great. Let's go for a walk, shall we？A: All right. Conversation 3A: It's hot and humid, isn't it? I can hardly breathe. B: Yeah. I feel suffocating too.A: Are summers always this hot here? It's almost like in the desert . B: Yes, especially in July and August. A: Well, what did the wea therman say? B: He said another heat wave is on the way. A: Oh no ! I hope not.B: How about going out to the beach to cool off？A: Good idea. Maybe it's the only place for this sort of weather. Now make similar conversations according to the given situations. Use the structures and expressions above in your conversations where app ropriate..[ti:Unit 3 Part CTest Your ListeningYou're going to hear five short conversations. Listen carefully and c hoose the right answers to the questions you hear.1. W: It's been freezing for the last few days.M: Yes. And the forecast says there will be more snow next week, a ccompanied by strong winds. Q: What will the weather be like next w eek?2. M: We haven't had such a severe winter for a long time, have w e? W: No, and the forecast says it's going to get worse before it warms up. Q: What can we learn from the conversation?3. W: What if it rains hard? What are we going to do?M: I think it will clear up soon. But if it keeps raining, the wh ole thing will have to be cancelled. Q: What can we learn from theconversation?4. M: How was the weather when you left New York?W: It was very much like the weather in Beijing. You don't have to take a lot of clothes. Q: What can we learn from the conversation5. W: If it is this hot tomorrow, we may have to give up the idea of playing tennis in the afternoon. M: The weather forecast says it will cloud over by noon. Q: What does the man mean?Unit 4 Music Part AListening StrategyListening for Signal WordsThe ability to identify signal words can help us follow the thread of the speaker's thought. People often use signal words or phrases l ike "but", "therefore" and "as a result" to add a comment that cont rasts with what has just been said or to signal what they are abou t to say is the result or cause of their previous remarks. Similarl y, words and phrases like "for example", "most importantly", "first", "second", "finally" and "then" usually signal that the speaker is g oing to provide an illustration or emphasize a certain point or disc uss several aspects of a certain topic. So we should pay attention to signal words in listening as they will prepare us for what is g oing to be said. You're going to hear four short passages.Listen carefully and write down the signal word(s) in each passage. Then choose a, b, c or d to indicate the function of the signal w ord(s) used in each of the passages.1. Most people like music. In fact, we are surrounded by it. It's on the radio and television and can be heard in stores and restaura nts. However, not everyone likes the same kind of music.2. The manager of the music shop was called Brian Epstein. Because so many people had asked for a record by the Sun, Epstein decided to go and listen to the group himself.3. Firstly I would like to talk about classical music and its repre sentative composers, then I will move on to jazz music, and finallyI will focus on pop music in the last century.4. We listen to exciting music and our hearts beat faster, our blood pressure rises, and our blood flows more quickly. In short, we're stimulated.[ti:Unit 4 Part B] Listening Tasks A PassageBackground MusicExercise 1Listen to the passage. As you listen, read the signal words in your book and put a tick () in the brackets after the ones you have heard.Background music may seem harmless, but it can have a powerfu l effect on those who hear it. Recorded background music first found its way into factories, shops and restaurants in the USA. Very soo n it spread to other parts of the world. Now it is becoming diffic ult to go shopping or eat a meal without listening to music. To be gin with, background music was intended simply to create a soothingatmosphere. Recently, however, it's becoming a big business. An Americ an marketing expert has shown that music can boost sales or increase factory production by as much as a third. But it has to be the light music. Lively music has no effect at all on sales. Slow music can increase receipts by 34%. This is probably because shoppers slo w down and have more opportunity to spot items they would like to buy. Yet, slow music isn't always the answer. The expert found that in restaurants slow music meant customers took longer to eat their meals, which reduced overall sales. So restaurant owners might be well adv ised to play faster music to keep the customers moving —unless, of course,the resulting indigestion leads to complaints. Questions1. Where was recorded background music first used?2. What was the original purpose of background music?3. What kind of music can have a powerful effect on customers in s hops?4. Why doesn't the same kind of music work in restaurants according to the passage?Speaking TasksPair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with your partner. Conversation 1A: Do you like English songs? B: I'm crazy about them.A: What's your favorite song?B: It's hard to say. There are so many beautiful songs. A: Who's y our favorite singer then?B: Sarah Brightman, undoubtedly. I do admire her, you know. I love all her songs. A: I like her, too, but not that much. Conversation 2A: Do you care for opera?B: Yes, I do, very much.A: Which do you like better, opera or musical?B: Opera.A: Do you just listen to it or go to performances?B: I prefer going to a performance. It has everything, color and sp ectacle and great music. A: Why don't we go and see Aida together? It's being performed at the Grand Theater. B: I've seen it already . It's excellent.A: Oh, lucky you! Conversation 3A: Do you enjoy listening to music?B: Yes, very much. I enjoy listening to music more than any other pastime.A: What's your favorite music?B: It depends. When I am in a good mood, I'd prefer something exci ting, with a fast rhythm. But if I feel low, I can only listen to something soft and quiet. A: Mm, me too.Now make similar conversations. Use the structures and expressions abo ve where appropriate. Your conversations should include the following points.[ti:Unit 4 Part C] Test Your ListeningListen to the passage three times and supply the missing information.Celine Dion is the youngest of 14 children in a working-class family in Quebec, Canada. Her parents, who both loved music, encourag ed her to develop her musical talent. At 12, Celine had composed th e song "It Was Only a Dream". Her mother and brother helped her to make a recording of that song and sent it off to an address they found on an album of a popular French singer. The address was tha t of ReneAngelil, who became her first conquest, but there would be millions more. Celine's rise from a teenage singer to a pop superstar has be en steady, but not without difficulties. Record companies were at fir st less enthusiastic about investing in a teenager than Angelil, who mortgaged his own home to pay for her first album. But her first two albums won a great success. And by 1983 she became the first Canadian ever to have a gold record inFrance. In 1990, Celine made her first English language record with Unison but her real breakthrough in America came when she was select ed by Disney to sing the theme song of Beauty and the Beast. The song went to No.1 on the chart and won both a Grammy and an Acade my award. In 1996 she performed at the opening ceremony of the 1996 Atlanta Olympic Games and in 1997 she recorded the theme song for Titanic, and her name became synonymous with the enormously successf ul film. Celine Dion's favorite theme is love. She sings the depth and the power of love in a great many of her hits such as "Love Can Move Mountains", "Because You Loved Me", "The Power of Love" and , of course, the theme song of Titanic, "My Heart Will Go On". Unit 5 Health Part AListening StrategyIdentifying the Relationship Between the Speakers in a Conversation Identifying the relationship between the speakers in a conversa tion is an important skill in listening comprehension. Although someti mes the conversation itself does not contain words that say exactly what the relationship is, we can rely on contextual clues to find i t out. Such clues include the degree of intimacy (e.g., how intimate ly the speakers address each other, what endearments are used), the degree of politeness (strangers tend to be more polite towards each other than friends or family members), and the particular situation ( at a doctor's consulting room, at a shop, etc.).Listen to the following conversations and choose the right answers to the questions that follow the conversations.1. M: What's the trouble?W: I feel dizzy and my whole body aches. M: How long have you bee n sick? W: Two or three days now.M: How's your appetite?W: I've got no appetite. The sight of food simply turns my stomach. What's wrong with me? M: You seem to be generally run-down.Q: What is the mnost probable relationship between the two speakers?2. W: What's the matter, Jack? You look pale. M: Oh, I feel terr ible.W: Why? What's the matter?M: I have a splitting headache and a sore throat. W: Why didn't yo u tell me?M: I thought they might go away, but I feel worse this morning. I' m aching all over.W: Hmm. You feel warm, too. You must have got a fever. There's a pretty bad flu going around, you know.Q: What's the most probable relationship between the two speakers? [ti:Unit 5 Part B]Listening TasksA ConversationGoing to See the DoctorExercise 1Listen to the conversation and choose the right answers to complete the statements. D: So what's your trouble?P: Well, doctor, I haven't been feeling well lately. My biggest prob lem is that I'm having trouble sleeping.D: Have you tried any of the sleeping medications available? P: I've tried one or two, but they don't seem to help. D: How long have you had this problem?P: Three or four months —it's been rather a long time now.D: Are you suffering from an unusual level of stress in your life lately? P: Not more than usual. My biggest worry is the fact I can 't sleep. D: Well, some people don't need as much sleep as others. P: But I feel tired all day, so it is a problem for me. D: Hav e you been experiencing any other symptoms? P: I've also had a lot of indigestion lately.D: Well, you are a little overweight, aren't you?P: Yes. And I've gained about seven kilograms this past year.D: You really should try to lose at least that extra weight. Do yo u get much exercise? P: No, not very much.D: Physical activity is very important.P: So what do you recommend, doctor?D: I will give you some medications for your insomnia and your indi gestion. But I also recommend that you begin a regular exercise prog ram.P: But I have neither the time nor the money to go to a gym.D: You don't need to go to a gym. A simple walking program would be very beneficial for you. I think you'll find that diet and exerc ise will be very helpful in taking care of your recent complaints.Speaking TasksPair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with your partner. Conversation 1D: What's wrong with you?P: I have a burning stomachache. And I feel like vomiting, too. D: How long has it been like this?P: Since yesterday.D: What did you eat yesterday? Did you eat seafood? P: Yes. I had some crabs at lunch and then I just felt terrible. D: Yours seems。
视听说教程第二版听力全新版大学英语（第二版）听说教程2听力原文
视听说教程第二版听力全新版大学英语(第二版)听说教程2听力原文导读：就爱阅读网友为您分享以下“全新版大学英语(第二版)听说教程2听力原文”资讯，希望对您有所帮助，感谢您对的支持!Unit OnePart A1. 172. 19633. 1.984. 2165. 19846. 19867. 30418. third9. 198710. 1988 11. four 12. ten 13. 1998 14. six 15. 1990s 16. 45 17. sixth18. 1998 19. 1999 20. five 21. 1999 22. 2001 Part BExercise 11. d2. bExercise 21. Because she wants to enjoy good health. She also wants to stay in shape and look good2. Both Peter and Laura like cycling and swimming. Laura also plays tennis regularlyPart C.1. d2. c3. d4. c5. bUnit TwoPart A.1. Yes2. No3. Yes4. No5. Yes6. No7. No8. NoPart BExercise 1.1. for a while2. plans, this Saturday3. have dinner, weekend4. Italian, too much food5. Chinese, Japanese Exercise 21. It uses natural flavors, not much oil or cream or heavy sauces1. They will have dinner on Saturday at either a Chinese ora Japanese restaurantPart C1. b2. c3. dUnit ThreePart A1. a. Fine and pleasant b. 18℃（64℉） c. cloudy with heavy showers moving in from the west2. a. It started around 8 p.m and lasted for about three hoursb. It caused foru deaths and serious damage including a widespread power failurePart BExercise 11. b2. a3. dExercise 21. They went to the department picnic but their fun was spoiled by the hot weather1. Because he thinks it’ll only be a short shower that cools things off a littlePart C1. a2.b3. c4. d5. bUnit FourPart A.1. However; a2. Because; d3. Firtly; then, finally; c4. In short; bPart B.Exercise 12 4 5 10 12 13 16 17Exercise 21. b2. d3. c4. aPart C1. enrouraged2. talent3. composed4. conquest5. steady6. enthusiastic7. investing8. her real breakthrough in America came when she was selected by Disney to sing the theme song of Beauty and the Beast9. In 1996 she performed at the opening ceremony of the 1996 Atlanta Olymic Games10. She sings the depth and the power of love in a great many of her hits such as “Love Can Move Mountains”, “Because You Loved Me”, “The Power of Love”Unit 5Part A1. c2. dPart BExercise 11. d2. d3. c4. dExercise 21. She has suffered from insomnia for several months and lately has had a lot of indigestion1. He gave the patient some medicine for insomnia and indigestion. He also advised the patient to have a proper diet and begin a regular exercise programPart C1. d2. b3. b4. a5. dUnit 6Part A1. They are probably business partners1. One is showing the other the buidling where her company has offices1. 2nd 8th 9th 1stintroduction history business marketsPart BExercise 11. They are discussing which candidate is more suitable fora vacant position in the company1. Leader of a group1. Being dynamic1. Because he has no experience in leadership1. Because he hasalways been a follower, not a leaderExercise 2Loyal, twenty No experience Peter personnel management experience Joan Peter and CliveExperienced, solid reliable caustious, dynamic Peter and ClivePart C1. c2. c3. a4. d5. cUnit 7Part Aa medium-sized white T-shirt, a slogan on the front, a shop assistant in getting what he wantsPart BExercise 11. b2. c3. dExercise 21. interesting, handsome, successful, sporty, fashionable, fun1. great, terrible1. the high status group, taste and style, image1. brightens, good, face another day, energy1. high fashion, practical, the image, the realityPart C1. significant 2 relatively 3. concentrate 4. iberal 5. editor 6. ready-to-wear 7. expand8. Vera Wang herself is a very good skater and she had Olympic dreams too9. However, her love for the sport never ceased10. I don’t know if designing costumes for Nancy has been good in terms of actual sales, but it has been tremendous for name recognitionUnit 8Part A1. Learn to like yourself1. Self-esteem grows out of achieving realistic goals1. T ake occasional days of rest1. Exercise1. Get enoug sleep to feel rested1. Build close relationshipsPart BExercise 11. b2. d3. d4. b5. c6.dExercise 2millions, dream of swimming, one million, receive, $25000 to $40000, twenty, taxes, differentpursue their own interests, home, travel, their children’s college education Mosta small number stay on their jobs security opportunities happinessPart C1. c2. b3. d4. dUnit 9Part A1. b2. c3. dPart BExercise 11. c2. b3. aExercise 21. His belief that one day he would become a movie star 1. Parking cars for one of Hollywood’s big restaurant1. No, his pay was only basic. But he got generous tips from guests driving into the restaurant1. Larry parked the car of a famous film director and was able to introduce himself to the man1. a. Many big film companies are interested in meb. Many big companies are pressing me to pay their bills Part C1. b2. d3. b4.aUnit 10Part A1. 1. earthquake2. three days ago3. Turkey4. 100005. 340002. 1. explosion 2. early this morning3. 1084. 385. 11Part BExercise 11. Three months ago2. In the middle of a jungle3. A terrible storm4. All on board the plane except the narrator5. One (the narrator)Exercise 21. It rolled and shook in the wind1. No. It arrived nine days later because it was raining heavily and the helicopt ers couldn’t fly in the heavy rain. T o make the matter worse, the plane crashed in a swamp in the middle of a jungle.1. Yes. She was in terrible pain and couldn’t move1. By drinking dirty floodwaterPart C1.c2. d3. a4. bUnit 11Part A1. Neutral2. Positive3. Positive, respectfulPart BExercise 11. a2. b3. d4. c5. aExercise 21. stockbroker2. retailing3. March 6, 19264. New York5. music school6. economics7. Commerce8. master’s degree9. PhD10. Industrial 11. economic consulting 12. Federal GovernmentPart C1. Microsoft2. farewell3. software4. toughest5. legal6. long-term7. impactful 8. which is that the day-to-day work is fun and enjoyable9. So it’s a spec ial group of people who put so much into it10. There won’t be a day of my life that I’m not thinking about Microsoft, and the great things that it’s doing, and wanting to help.Unit 12Part A1. computer labs for the schools, poor rural1. cooperating, India, software professionals1. computer virus, attackPart BExercise 11. b2. b3. d4. b5. c6. aExercise 21. an ambulance crew1. had trouble breathing and moving1. the rescuers came to her help1 surfing the Net for fun3 the international, put a call through to the student’s countryPart C1. c2. b3. b4. aUnit 13Part A1 f2 e 3. dPart BExercise 11. a2. c3. d4. a5. bExercise 258, unemployed, tire, suitcase, dropped, scene, picked up Next, TV, winner, return, keep prize conscience, return the money to its owner radio hundreds trickInto cash, 60 handed over expectation tears Part C1. b2. d3. b4. dUnit 14Part A1893 kindergarten teachers studentsTitle Good children to greet their teacher1924 book of music added writer unknown 1930s appeared movies radio shows permission Won the copy right Happy Birthday to You different lyricsPublicly gets paidPart BExercise 11. parking space, grocery cart, in line1. Phone-In Drive-through Market1. drive-through convenience, banks, fast food, catalog shopping1. save time1. goods, ordered, good quality $1.5 each other Exercise 2in the item numbers of the goods you ordermakes a print-out of your listthe goods on your list in a warehousedrive up to the market, and punch your code into a terminalwrite a checkPart C1. b2. c3. c4. dT est OnePart A1. b2. c3. b4. c.5. b6. c7. a.8. b Part B9. d 10. b 11. d 12. c 13. c 14. b 15. dPart C16. stocks 17. exhibition 18. techniques 19.activities 20. research21. modem 22 software23. Delivery time for e-mail from Europe to the USA is about 10 seconds24. What’s reallyextraordinary about the Internet is the aount and variety of information available25. Services are also available that allow you to do your banking, reserve airline tickets, and even shop for a Mother’s Day giftPart D26. c 27. d 28. c 29. c 30. c 31. a 32. d 33.b 34.c 35. aT est TwoPart A.1. d2. c3. d4. c5. d6. b7. c8. a Part B9. d 10. d 11. a 12. b 13. c 14. b 15. cPart C16. forecast 17. unusual 18. Fortunately 19. extreme 20. rarely 21. global。
全新版大学英第二版语综合教程2听力原文Unit-2
Unit2 Express Yourself!Listening and SpeakingAudio Track 2-2-1A: The woman in the red coat is smiling and the woman in the blue jeans beside her is laughing. Why are they so happy?B: Maybe they’re going to the movies and they are excited.Audio Track 2-2-2/Audio Track 2-2-31.Angie: Okay, what’s the next test question?Marc: The next question is ... What’s the capital of Greenland?Angie: (yawning ) ... It’s ...Marc: Angie!Angie: What?Marc: Stop yawning. This is serious!Angie: I’m sorry. I’m listening.2.Pablo: So, my plane leaves at 8: 00, and ... hey Carolyn, are you crying? Carolyn: No, not really.Pablo: Yes, you are! What’s wrong?Carolyn: Well, it’s summer vacation and you’re going away.Pablo: Come on now. Don’t cry. It’s only for three months.Carolyn: Okay. But write to me. I’ll miss you.3.Vickie: Tony, what’re you doing?Tony: I’m planning our trip to Las Vegas. Ugh! I can’t find a hotel room. Vickie: So we can’t visit Las Vegas?Tony: No, we can’t. Hey Vickie, why are you smiling?Vickie: I don’t really want to go to Vegas, Tony. I’m glad. Now we can visit London instead!Audio Track 2-2-4/Audio Track 2-2-51.Man: Where are you running to, Paula?Woman: I have Connie’s wallet. I need to give it to her.Man: Come on. I’ll help you.Woman: I don’t see Connie anywhere.Man: Look! She’s over there. Standing at the bus stop.Woman: Oh yeah, I see her. Connie! Connie!Man: She doesn’t see us.Woman: You’re right. It’s too noisy, and she’s talking to someone.2.Man: Well, here we are. This is my mom’s house.Woman: It’s beautiful.Man: Hey, Jen. Are you okay?Woman: I’m just a little nervous. It’s my first time meeting your mother. Man: Come on. Don’t worry. Here she is now.Woman 2: Hi, Tim!Man: Hi, Mom. I’d like you to meet Jen.Woman 2: Hi, Jen. It’s very nice to meet you.Woman: It’s nice to meet you, too. Mrs. Harris.3.Man: Hey, Anne. Where are you going?Woman: I’m going to the library to study.Man: For what? It’s only 7:00 a.m.!Woman: My final exams. They’re next week.Man: Wow, well, good luck!Woman: Thanks!4.Woman: Bill, it’s late. Where’s the theater?Man: Hmmm ... I think it’s near here.Woman: Are you sure? What street is this?Man: Uhm ... I don’t know.Woman: Where’s the map? I want to check.Audio Track 2-2-6/Audio Track 2-2-7Paula: So, Jane, what are you doing these days?Jane: I’m working in an office. And I’m studying computer science in the evening. Paula: You’re really busy!Jane: That’s for sure! And in my free time, I’m learning Spanish for my vacation. I’m planning a trip to Mexico next year.Paula: What about your brothers? How are they doing?Jane: They’re doing great! Alex is helping our father in his business, and Adam is going to Pacific University.Paula: How nice!Jane: Paula, how about you? How are you doing these days?Paula: I’m doing great, too. I’m working on a project about community safety. Jane: Community safety?Paula: Yeah. We’re planning a campaign against theft, fire, AIDS and drugs in our community.Jane: Oh, that sounds interesting!Paula: Yes, indeed it is interesting. And it is very important to the community.Audio Track 2-2-8/Audio Track 2-2-10Know before you go!BangladeshPeople greet their friends by shaking hands softly and then putting their hands over their heart. People in Bangladesh don’t use many gestures. Waving at people and winking are very rude. Don’t touch people on the head. Don’t point with your foot — Bangladeshi people think feet are very dirty.IndonesiaIndonesians greet people with a long handshake, and they bow at the same time. At a meeting, give every person your business card, but use your right hand — using your left hand is very rude.Audio Track 2-2-9/Audio Track 2-2-10ThailandIn Thailand, the traditional greeting is called wai— people put their hands together and bow. Men and women don’t often touch each other in public. Thai people don’t use their hands for gestures, but they love to smile a lot. They sometimes laugh when they feel nervous or embarrassed.The United Arab EmiratesPeople in the United Arab Emirates have some special gestures. When two men meet, they shake hands. Sometimes old men touch noses together. Women kiss their friends on the cheek. If a man meets a woman, he doesn’t shake hands with her. He just smiles. When you give your friend something, give it to him with your right hand. Don’t use your left hand. And don’t point at people with your finger. Use your hand to gesture towards them.Audio Track 2-2-11/Audio Track 2-2-12In Brazil, men often shake hands when they meet for the first time. When women meet, they kiss each other on the cheek. Women also kiss male friends to say hello. When you shake hands, look at the person in the eyes. This shows interest and friendliness. In New Zealand, usually, both men and women shake hands when they meet someone for the first time. If you see two people pressing their noses together, they are probably Maori. The Maori are the native people of New Zealand. This is their traditional greeting.In Japan, when people meet for the first time, they usually bow. In business, people also shake hands. In formal situation, people often exchange business cards. When you give a business card, give it with two hands. This is polite. Special note: In Japan, when people smile it can have different meanings. It usually means that theperson is happy, or that the person thinks something is funny. But it can also mean that the person is embarrassed.Audio Track 2-2-131. The man is laughing. The man’s laughing.2. The bus is coming. The bus’s coming.3. Why is she frowning? Why’s she frowing?Audio Track 2-2-141. Tina’s studying in the library.2. My sister’s nervous. She is studying for a test.3. When is your class?4. Cintra’s dad is talking on the phone.5. How’s your family doing?6. Toshi’s car is not working.Audio Track 2-2-15Jim: Hi, Katy.Katy: Hey, Jim. How’s it going?Jim: Great! How’re you doing?Katy: I’m stressed.Jim: Yeah? What’s wrong?Katy: Oh, I have an important test tomorrow.Jim: Well, why aren’t you studying?Katy: I’m kind of tired.Jim: Come on. Let’s have a cup of coffee. Then you can study.Katy: Okay, sounds good!Audio Track 2-2-16A: Hi, Mike.B: Hi, Jim. How are you doing?A: Not so good. Actually I’m a bit angry.B: Yeah? What’s wrong?A: Oh, I’m going to see a football game tonight with my friend Dan, but he’s late. B: Why not give him a call right now?A: I did, but his mobile is out of service and I couldn’t reach him.B: Calm down. When will the game start?A: It starts in 20 minutes! There’s not much time left to get there.B: Don’t worry. Just take a taxi to the game. Maybe Dan is there already.A: Yeah, I guess that’s the best thing to do!Audio Track 2-2-17A: Hi, Ben.B: Hi, Lisa, How are you getting along? You look unhappy today.A: It’s nothing really. It’s just ... about my trip to Boston.B: You’re going on a trip to Boston? Sounds nice. Why are you so glum?A: Well I hate flying. That’s what is bothering me. Just thinking of airplane crashes makes me scared.B: Come on, Lisa. Airplanes are safe.A: Perhaps, but I’m still afraid.B: OK. I understand. Let me see ... I have a suggestion! Want to hear it?A: Go ahead.B: Why don’t you rent a car and drive to Boston?A: That’s a great idea!B: Yeah, and perhaps I could come with you! I have friends in Boston, and I could visit them, too.A: Sounds good.Audio Track 2-2-18A: Hi, Mike! It’s great to see you again! How’s it going?B: I’m fine. Thanks. How are you doing?A: Fine! Where are you living now?B: I’m living in Boston, attending Harvard University.A: Wow, so you’re still at university.B: Yeah, I’m doing my PhD. It’s taking ages to finish and it’s pretty stressful. How about you?A: Well, I’m a sales manager at an American company. It’s pretty exciting.B: I wish I were working already. I’m sick of studying.Video CourseVideo Track 2-2-1Dave: I get stressed very often because of school.Natalie: Sometimes at the office I get stressed, and when I do, I take a break and go for a walk.Dayanne: One of the things that really makes me happy is going to the beach. Alyssa: I don’t like to feel angry or sad or frustrated. I do like to feel happy and excited. WhenI’m angry, I like to be alone, I don’t like to be around other people. Agnes: I don’t like to be angry or stressed, because when I am, I eat all the time,when I’m angry, I yell at everybody.Jennifer: When I have stress, I like to take my dog to the park and throw the ball or throw the Frisbee, and that relaxes me.Video Track 2-2-2Alyssa: I don’t like to feel angry or sad or frustrated. I do like to feel happy and excited. When I’m angry, I like to be alone. I don’t like to be around other people.Jennifer: When I have stress, I like to take my dog to the park and throw the ball or throw the Frisbee, and that relaxes me.Video Track 2-2-3Dennis: We have a special way of greeting our elders in the Philippines by taking their hand and kind of kissing it like this. And it’s called mano.Dayanne: In Brazil when you greet a friend you give them a big hug and sometimes you give them a kiss on the cheek and in some places you give two kisses and in some places three kisses.Miyuki: Bowing is a very polite gesture in Japan, but I often shock people when I stick my hands out to shake their hands because it’s not very common.Agnes: When you greet somebody in Senegal you shake hands for a long time or you can hug, too, and ask about him, and his family, and his friends, and it takes a while.Video Track 2-2-4Takeshi: OK, let’s begin. In Japan, you bow when you greet people ... like this. (bows)Claudia: (bows) That’s cool.Tara: (Tara enters) Hi! What are you two doing?Claudia: Takeshi is teaching me traditional Japanese greetings for my trip to Japan. Tara: Your trip to Japan? When?Claudia: I have a big meeting in Tokyo in July.Tara: Wow! That’s great.Claudia: I’m a little nervous about the whole trip, though.Takeshi: Why? There’s no need to be nervous.Claudia: I’m kind of worried about making mistakes. I don’t know anything about Japan.Tara: Don’t worry. Everything’s going to be fine.Takeshi: And you have a good teacher. Let’s see, what else? Oh, remember —always use two hands when you give a person your business card ... like this. (hands Claudia business card, she responds)Tara: (points to Claudia) Hey! That looks really good, Claudia. You’re a natural!Takeshi: And remember — never use your finger to point. That’s actually rude in a lot of countries.Tara: Really?Takeshi: Yep. Oh, and one more thing. In Japan, for luck, you jump three times and nod your head ... like this.Claudia: What?Takeshi: Yeah. Let’s try it, come on. Come on, Claudia, try it.Claudia: OK. (Claudia starts to jump and nod her head)Takeshi: Good.Claudia: Like this?Takeshi: (winks at Tara) Yup. (Tara and Takeshi laugh)Claudia: Hey! They don’t do that in Japan! You guys are joking. Oh!Takeshi: Come on Claudia! I only wanted to teach you a very important rule for traveling — relax! And have a little fun!Claudia: You’re right. Some teacher you are!Video Track 2-2-5Takeshi: OK, let’s begin. In Japan, you bow when you greet people ... like this. (bows)Claudia: (bows) That’s cool.Tara: (Tara enters) Hi! What are you two doing?Claudia: Takeshi is teaching me traditional Japanese greetings for my trip to Japan. Tara: Your trip to Japan? When?Claudia: I have a big meeting in Tokyo in July.Tara: Wow! That’s great.Video Track 2-2-6Claudia: I’m a little nervous about the whole trip, though.Takeshi: Why? There’s no need to be nervous.Claudia: I’m kind of worried about making mistakes. I don’t know anything about Japan.Tara: Don’t worry. Everything’s going to be fine.Video Track 2-2-7Takeshi: And you have a good teacher. Let’s see, what else? Oh, remember —always use two hands when you give a person your business card ... like this. (hands Claudia business card, she responds)Tara: (points to Claudia) Hey! That looks really good, Claudia. You’re a natural! Takeshi: And remember — never use your finger to point. That’s actually rude in a lot of countries.Tara: Really?Takeshi: Yep. Oh, and one more thing. In Japan, for luck, you jump three times and nod your head ... like this.Claudia: What?Takeshi: Yeah. Let’s try it, come on. Come on, Claudia, try it.Claudia: OK. (Claudia starts to jump and nod her head)Takeshi: Good.Claudia: Like this?Takeshi: (winks at Tara) Yup. (Tara and Takeshi laugh)Claudia: Hey! They don’t do that in Japan! You guys are joking. Oh!Takeshi: Come on Claudia! I only wanted to teach you a very important rule for traveling — relax! And have a little fun!Claudia: You’re right. Some teacher you are!（注：可编辑下载，若有不当之处，请指正，谢谢!）。
大学体验英语听说教程2（第二版）听力原文
Experi encin g Englis h Listen ing ＆ Speaki ngLevel04 Unit 1 Introd uctio ns“You’ll really like him.”Alice: Look, therehe is.Jean: Who?Alice: Robert, the guy I’ve been telling you about.Jean: Oh. The guy you’re goingout with?Alice: I wish. The guy I WANT to go out with.Jean: Oh, he’s really handsome. Um, let’s go talk to him.Alice: Oh, OK. I’ll introduce you. I thinkyou’ll really like him. Hi, Robert. Robert: Oh, hi.Alice: Have you met my friend, Jean?Robert: Hey, Jean. I thinkwe’ve met before.Jean: We have? Where?Robert: Last Decemb er, at Sam’s party.Jean: Oh, Sam.Robert: Oh? Aren’t you goingout with him anymore?Jean: No, we brokeup a couple of mouths ago.Robert: Oh—Oh, really?Unit 2 Person ality“What do you like abouthim?”Sheri: Hey, I went out with the neatest guy over the weekend!Jeremy: Yeah, what’s he like?Tall?Handsome?Sheri: Not really.Jeremy: Dressnice? Drive a nice car?Sheri: Not especially.Jeremy: Then he must be buff. Does he work out a lot?Sheri: No—But he has a nice smile—Dimples. I like dimples. He’s kind of cute.Jeremy: And that’s what you like abouthim?Sheri: No, it’s more than that. He’s sensitive.Jeremy: Sensitive? How can you tell?Sheri: Well, we went to this really romantic movie, and therewas this really sad part, and, and he—Cried.Jeremy: He cried?Sheri: Yeah, he just criedand he didn’t try to hide it or anything. It was so sweet.Jeremy: Oh—You like that, huh? Well, I cry at movies, too!Unit 3 Home “The view is great.”Sean: This is Sean McCain, live with JulieMorris, from Gemini One, the internatonal spacestation. Julie, can you hear me?Julie: Yes, I can hear you.Sean: Julie, can you tell us, what is it like living on the Gemini One?Julie: The Gemini One is wonderful. It’s not so different from living on Earth, really. We have jobs, friends, entertainment, natural beauty. And we have all the modern conveniences that you have on Earth.Sean: What modern conveniences?Julie: Well, we have movietheaters, game centers, musicclubs, shops, restaurants—Sean: How aboutfood? How do you get your food?Julie: I go shopping, just like everyone on Earth. You can get any type of food here.Sean: Is food expensive?Julie: Some of it is. The stuffthat’s imported from Earthis very expensive. Like a banana from Earthcan cost $100. But most food is reall y cheap.Sean: Do you miss getting away to the countryside or the mountains?Don’t you miss nature?Julie: Well, we have lots of nature up here. I can go hiking and mountain biking, riding in the hills, take a swim in a beautiful lake. It’s reallybeautiful up here.Sean: How do people get around up there?Julie: Oh, just like we do down there. We have electric cars and trains, but not airplanes.Sean: What do you like most aboutliving in the spacestation?Julie: Well, the air is clean. There’s no pollution, and it’s easy to get aroun d. It’s really an idealworld.Sean: And what do you like least?Julie: Well, it’s kind of expensive to fly home to Earthto see my parents for the holidays.Unit 4 Techno logy“How does it work?”Cindy: What the heck is that?Dave: It’s a Thai magazine.Cindy: Thai? You can read Thai?Dave: Well, a little.Cindy: How?Dave: I went to Thailand last summer and I livedwith a Thai friend and his family. I had such a greatexperienceI want to go back. Cindy: Why? What was your experiencelike?Dave: Well, I started to learnsome Thai—And practiced talking with people and ordering in restaurants and everybody was so nice—You know, Thailand is called the Land of the Smiles—They even smiled when I made a mistake speaking the language. The peopl e were beautiful. Everythingwas beautiful. It changed my life. Cindy: But I’ve always heardthat Thai was impossibleto learn. Dave: Maybefor some people but not for me. I mean it is totally different from English. The writing system is different, they use different tones, everythingis different, but I really want to learnit. I want to understandmore when I go back.Cindy: I wish I felt that way aboutlearning French. MaybeI should studyanother language.Dave: No, Cindy, it’s not the language. You’ve just got to get into it.Unit 5 Nation aliti es “All around the world”Steve: I can’t believe thesepeople. I can’t believe what they do.Trish: Calm down, Steve. What are you talking about? What is it this time?Steve: Look at this. I just bought a donut. I’m so sick of the clerkwrapping each pastry individually, then taping the bags shut, then putting thosebags in another bag, folding it down, and then taping that bag shut. I can’t take it anymore. It’s crazyand it’s bad for the environment.Trish: How long have you been living here? Don’t you know that’s the way itis?Steve: I just want them to stick‘emin a napkin for me, so I can eat whileI’m walking to class.Trish: Thereyou go again. Don’t you know it’s rude to eat whileyou walk?Steve: I’m so tiredof this place. I don’t have time to sit down and eat.People here are too inflexible, and they have too many rules. Trish: Yeah, right, Steve, so you’re gonnaconvert everybody here to your way of doingthings?Steve: Yeah, therehas to be more individualfreedom to do whatever you want.Trish: Why don’t you just relaxand go with the flow?Steve: Go with the flow? The wholesystem is a wasteof my time. The clerks here should learnhow to be more efficient, like in the U.S. Trish: What are you talking about? When I was in the U.S., the clerks were really rude. They just ignore you, and seem offended if you want anything. Don’t you thinkit’sbetter this way?Steve: Are you kidding?Trish: Well, I kind of like it. It’s nice to relaxand enjoythe moment while your packages are beingwrapped. I like all of the traditions, and the care and attention that people give you, and the manners.To me, it’s a wonderful placeto live.Steve: I thinkyou’re nuts.Trish: You’re not gonnalast long, mate.Unit 6 Identi ty “What’s your number?”Int: So, Ms. Spencer, why did you applyfor this job at CNN?Amy: Well, I’ve always wanted to be a journalist, and I like traveling.And, you can interview lots of important people.Int: Tell me aboutyour experiencein journalism.Amy: Um—Well, I make a newsletterfor my family. And I worked on my high school newspaper. And I read a lot of newspapersand newsmagazines—Int: Do you thinkyou’re qualified for the prestige of this job?Amy: Absolutely. I’ve takenacting lessons. And I look good on camera. And I travel a lot so I thinkI’d be good as a foreign correspondent.Int: What aboutteamwork? Have you ever worked as part of a team? Amy: Of course, I was really greatat sports in high school, and—Int: You don’t seem to have much experienceas a writer.Amy: Well, that’s not exactly true. I write a lot of e-mail to my friends. Int: And you haven’t takenany journalismcourses, have you?Amy: Well, I took a classin modern film, and one in communications, or something like that.Int: Well, thanks, Ms. Spencer. We’ll be in touch.Unit 7 Family“I really take aftermy dad.”Nate: Are theseyour parents?Jane: Yeah, that’s my wholefamily.Nate: Oh. You look a lot like your mom—Especiallyyour eyes, very deep, beautiful eyes.Jane: Oh, thankyou—Nate: And the same figure—Same shape.Jane: Uhh, hey, I don’t want to hear that. I may look like my mom, but I really take aftermy dad.Nate: Really, in what way?Jane: We’ve both very adventurous. My dad was, like, into motorcycles when he was younger—And he was in one of those, you know, motorcycleclubs.Nate: You mean, like a motorcyclegang?Jane: Yeah—But that was before he was married. I’ve been riding a motorcyclemyself sinceI was 17.Nate: You? No way!Jane: Yeah, I’ve always done stufflike that.Nate: Really, like what else?Jane: Well, surfing, snowboarding—My dad and I even went skydiving once. We didn’t tell my mom, though. She wouldhave killed us!Unit 8 Direct ions“Are you lost?”Woman: Moshi—moshi. Gengosentea —Father: Hello—Hello—Veronica —veron—Ve-ro-ni-ca Smith—Is Veronica Smiththere, please?Woman: Ah, Ah —Veronica —sensei —Veronica —sensei? Ah, wait a moment, please ——Father: ［muttering to himself］Wait a moment? What’s wrong? Veronica: Hello.Father: Hello, Veronica. Is that you?Veronica: Yes, Dad. It’s me.Father: Whereis this place? Somebody was speaking Japanese to me. I mean, did I call the rightnumber?Veronica: Dad, you called the school number. And you’re luky I’m here now. Dad, I told you. Don’t call the school number. Remember? Father: Yes, but you didn’t give me your home phonenumber. Why didn’t you call me?Veronica: I just got here a few days ago —Okay, let me give it to you. Are you ready?Father: Uh, ready. Ready. Okay.Veronica: Okay. It’s 798-55-4123.Father: 798-55-4123.Veronica: Oh, oh, wait. Dial the country code. And that’s 81 —and then —and then the number.Father: Why is the number so long?Veronica: Because it is, Dad.Father: Do you have a placeyet?Veronica: Yeah. Let me give you the address. Are you ready?Father: Um —yeah. Okay. What is it?Veronica: It’s one dash one dash one fifty-five —Uegahara B356.Father: Uh, w-wh-wait. Wait. One —one what? Why is it so long?Veronica: Dad, I’ve got to go I’ll send it to you by e-mail. Bye.［Kiss sound］Father: But, what’s your e-mail address?Unit 9 Jobs “The benefi ts are great!”Kevin: Hey, Cathy, I found a good placefor a vacation this summer. Cathy: What is it?Kevin: It’s called Camp Star.Cathy: Hmmm. Lookspretty. But what can you do there?Kevin: It’s kind of isolated.Cathy: Isolated? What do you mean?Kevin: It’s off the coast, and you have to take a boat to get there. This week’s program is that you hike and hear lectures and talk aboutcurrent issues.Cathy: Wheredo you stay? Tents?Kevin: No, it’s an old hotel. They have a couple of rules, though.Cathy: Uh-huh?Kevin: It says here there’s no TV and you can’t use any electricalappliances.Cathy: No TV? And no electrical—Wait a minute. What aboutmy notebook computer?Kevin: No, no computers, and there’s only one telephone on the wholeisland.Cathy: What? So I won’t be able to checkmy e-mail either?Kevin: You’ll get by. It’ll be fun! Look, you can read, and talk, and think. And everymorning you go for a long hike.Cathy: Ahh. Sounds like work.Kevin: I thinkit wouldbe relaxing. I’d like to get away from the phonefor a week. And I thinkit’d be good for you.Cathy: So you’re telling me there’s no TV, no computers, and I have to wake up everymorning to go hiking. Why on earthwouldanybo dy want to go there?Unit 10 Style“It meansa lot to me.”Jean: I’m ready, are you? Why don’t you take that necklace off before you go in the pool?Chandra: Oh, this? No, I nevertake it off. I wear it all the time. I’ve had it sinceI was a kid.Jean: Really? You’re worn it sinceyou were little? Why?Chandra: Well, when I was a baby, I livedin India. And I was sick all the time, so my parents took me to a doctor. And, well, the doctor at first did n’t want to treatme because —Jean: What: Why?Chandra: Well, because I was a girl.Jean: Huh? Because you were a girl?Chandra: Yeah, well, that’s the way it was. Anyway, so my parents took me to this witchdoctor, and I —Jean: A witchdoctor?Chandra: Yeah, well, I guessyou couldcall her a —I don’t know, a spiri tual healer. She was an old womanin our village. And she took a look at me and she said I needed silver.Jean: Silver?Chandra: Yeah. She said I needed silver so that I couldget better. And then my grandmother went to a jeweler and she had this silver necklace made for me. They put it on me, and I got better.Jean: I don’t believe that.Chandra: Well, I didn’t either for a while. But you know what? When I was20 I took it off and I put it in a drawer for a little while. And then, Istarted to get sick again. And I didn’t get better. I was just sick all the time. And then I rememberedthe necklace, and I put it on. And afterthat, I was fine.Jean: Wow.Unit 11 Travel“They lost my luggag e!”Angela: I’m thinking aboutgoingto CostaRica —Trevor: Great. I went to CostaRica once —but I had a terrible time getti ng there—Angela: Oh, yeah? What happened?Trevor: Well, when I got to the airport, I realized I didn’t have my passport —Angela: Oh no.Trevor: So I called a friend —and he brokeinto my house—Got my passport and brought it to me. But I missed that flight so I had to stay overnight in San Francisco.Angela: Oh, that’s too bad.Trevor: Yeah. So I got the flight the next day —and of course on the way we had engine trouble —so we had to stop in Mexico City —I was stucktherefor another, like, 22hours whilethey got thepart.Angela: Oh, my gosh!Trevor: And I mean stuck. They wouldn’t even let us out of the airport —Angela: You’re kidding!Trevor: I’m telling you. So finally, we, like, afterall this time, I got to CostaRica two days late and-Angela: And don’t tell me, your luggage isn’t there.Trevor: You guessed it. I go into the airline office to complain and there was this really wonderful womanworking at the counter. Angela: Oh, yeah?Trevor: And she was really nice and helped me out —Angela: Mm-hmm —Trevor: ——and we sort of hit it off —Angela: Yeah? And then what?Trevor: Abouttwo months laterwe got married!Unit 12 Food “What’s for dinner?”Rob: Hey, Tony! What’s up?Tony: Hey, Rob. Checkthis out. I got a package from my Mom.Rob: Oh, yes! Cookies, I hope.Tony: Nah, it’s a cookbook. Twenty-Minute Meals. It’s perfect for us, don’t you think?Rob: Yeah, I guess. But I wish she would’ve sent you cookies instead. Tony: Thinkaboutit, though. No more instant ramen, no more fast-food burgers. Twenty minutes in the kitchen, and voila! We have a well-balanced meal. Are you in?Rob: Whatever you say, Chef Tony. Let’s have a look. How aboutthis?SuperNachos. Now that’s my kind of food.Tony: All right! Let’s get started. What do we need?Rob: What we really need is for you to find a girlfriendwho can cook. Tony: Yeah, right. And then you’ll find one, too, and they can take turnscooking for us. So what are the ingredients?Rob: Hmm —chips, salsa, can of chili, and shredded cheese.Thatsounds easy enough.Tony: Well, we’ve got half a bag of nachochips. Thinkthat’s enough? Rob: It’ll have to be. Let’s see what’s in the fridge. We’ve got lots of soda —Half a submarine sandwich —Cheese! We’ve got that —Oh, it’s kind of moldy, though.Tony: Kind of? It’s green! Do we have any chili?Rob: Sorry, man, I thinkI ate it the othernight.Tony: That wasn’t yours. Anyway, I had a coupla cans. Theremust be at leastone left.Rob: Let’s see —Box of cereal —some instant ramen—and a jar of peanut butter. That’s it.Tony: Oh, rats. It lookslike we can’t have nachos tonight afterall. Rob: I guessnot. Well, what’s it gonnabe? Instant ramenfor the thirdnightin a row?With peanut butter?Tony: I’m so sick of that junk! Let’s go to the supermarket and get what we need to make SuperNachos.Rob: Yeah, and on the way, let’s stop for hamburgersor a pizza.Tony: Yeah, cool.Unit 13 Schedu les “I’ll pencil it in.”Manager: Ok, time to get up, women! Your public is waiting for you! Woman1: Huh? What day is it?Manager: It’s Wednesday. We’re in Middleburg. Ohio, tonight at the Summer Fest in the town park.Woman2: Yeah. Hope it doesn’t rain.Manager: Then tomorrow it’s up to Cleveland to play for Sarah’s induction into the Hall of Fame, followed by an autograph signing session.Woman1: Wish it was us beinginducted. The firstall-girl rock band in the Rock and Roll Hall of Fame —What’s on for Friday?Manager: Friday we have to be in the studio in Akron. We’re doing a live online chat on . Come on guys. You’ll love it. It’s at 4:00, and then we’ve in the Starlight Dome that night.Woman1: Whereare we playing Saturday?Manager: Pittsburgh, at the WaterfrontFair. We’ll be thereSunday afternoon, too.Woman2: This schedule is brutal. When do we get a day off?Manager: Hah! We’re booked through the weekend, but we have a lightschedule on Monday. We just have to driveout to record the new CD in St. Louis, but at leastyou can sleepon the bus. Hmm?Unit 14 Weathe r “It’s rainin g cats and dogs.”Alex: Grandma, what are thesepictures?G: Theseare pictures of Alaska.Alex: That’s whereyou grew up, right?G: That’s right, dear —I livedthereuntilI was 19 yearsold.Alex: Is that you in this picture?G: Yes, that’s me —And my sister Ruth —and our dog, Kusko. That was outbehind our house.Alex: Wow. It lookscold!G: Yes, that was in the winter —and it was cold —It snowed a lot! And boy, Kuskojust lovedthe snow. Ruth and I and Kuskoused to play in the snow for hours.Alex: Did you make snowmen?G: Oh, we made some greatsnowmen —Alex: Is that you in this picture, too?G: Yes, that’s me and Ruth again—I guesswe were both in high school then ——Alex: Whereare you?G: We were hiking near Seward —We hiked a lot in thosedays. Alex: But where’s the snow?G: Well, it doesn’t snow ALL the time in Alaska, you know. That was in the springtime—Spring was a greattime for hiking —It was a little muddy, though —Alex: Oh ——G: Look, here’s a picture of Ruth now, outside her house.Alex: That’s Aunt Ruth’s house, in Alaska? I thought everybody livedin igloos!G: (laughing) Oh, no. Most people live in regular houses! —aren’t those flowers lovely?Alex: You mean, flowers grow theretoo?G: Of course. In the summer everythingjust blooms —it’s sunnyand the weather is warm —Alex: Warm? You mean, it was warm enough to go swimming?G: Oh, we all went swimming in July and August —the waterwas cold —But swimming was so much fun —Alex: Was summer your favorite season?G: You know, I love all the seasons, but I thinkmy favorite season was autumn. The leaves in the mountains turning to gold —I always lovedthat sign of the changing seasons —Look, here’s a picture of the mountains near our housein the fall —Alex: Wow, Grandma, I’d like to go to Alaska sometime.G: Well, Alex, I’ve got an idea. Let’s go to Alaska together sometime. Alex: Yeah, Grandma, that’d be great.Unit 15 Lifest yle “It’s so conven ient.”［music］——Okay, sit back in your chair. And let your handsrest loose ly in your lap. Closeyour eyes. Now lift your shoulders up and then let them fall. Breathe in, filling your lungswith air. Now let your breath out very slowly. Imagine you are on a beach. See the sand, the treesand the water. Feel the soft sand belowyou. Let your feet sink into the sand. Look at the gentle wavesin the water. The wavesare coming in ——and goingout. You’re breathing slowly and calmly, like the waves——Feel the warm sun on your skin. Oh, you feel good. You’re relaxed. You’re well and happy. Now, see yourself slowly leaving the beach. Your body is warm and relaxed. You come back to your dailylife with new energy and joy. And now, slowly, open your eyes.21。
全新版大学英语第二版听说教程2听力原文及答案
全新版大学英语（第二版）听说教程2Unit 1 Sports Part A]Listening StrategyIdentifying NumbersNumbers appear very often in every kind of listening material. The ability to catch the exact num bers spoken in English is an important but difficult skill for a Chinese learner. A good way is to pra ctice over and over again the pronunciation of the numbers, particularly the different ways to say thirteen and thirty, fourteen and forty, etc. It also helps to practice writing down the numbers yo u hear quickly in numerical forms, without translating them into Chinese. You're going to hear a p assage about Michael Jordan, a retired American professional basketball player.Listen carefully and fill in the blanks with the missing numbers.Michael Jordan is the greatest basketball player of all time. He was born on Feb.17, 1963, in Broo klyn, New York. He is 1.98 meters tall and weighs 216 pounds. Jordan joined the Chicago Bulls tea m for the 1984 season. In the 1986 season he shot 3041 points, the third highest score ever. He w as named NBA Slam Dunk Champion(扣篮冠军)in 1987 and won the Most Valuable Player Award in 1988, an honor repeated four times in the next ten years to 1998. Jordan guided his team to win six NBA championships during the 1990s, s coring 45 points during the sixth and last game of the 1998 NBA finals. In 1999, he was named th e greatest North American athlete of the 20th century. Jordan left the NBA at the beginning of th e 1993-1994 NBA season to pursue a career in baseball. Since his baseball game wasn't quite as g ood as his basketball games, he finally gave it up to rejoin the Bulls in 1995. Yet, after playing for f ive more years, he once again announced his retirement in 1999. But he returned for two more N BA games in 2001 as a member of the Washington Wizards.[ti:Unit 1 Part B]Listening Tasks A ConversationWhy Don't You Join Me at the Gym Sometime?Exercise 1Listen to the conversation and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.Peter: Hi Laura. Where are you heading with that big bag?Laura: Hi, Peter. I'm off to the gym. I've got to stay in shape, you know. I try to go three times a w eek, but I'm busy so I can't always make it.Peter: I know more women who work out than men. What's the main reason you work out? For y our health, or to look good?Laura: To be honest, for both. With women, good looks are always a very important consideration . Peter: If they were honest, most men who work out would admit that they also do it to look bett er, and not merely for health reasons.Laura: How about you? Do you get any regular exercise?Peter: I do a lot of walking, for exercise and enjoyment sometimes ten to twenty kilometers at a ti me but I never go to the gym like you do.Laura: Well, walking is good exercise. How about sports?Peter: Not since my school days. I used to love playing baseball, but it's impossible to get enough people together for a game now. Mostly I just watch sports on TV.Laura: I play tennis fairly regularly with my friends, and sometimes go swimming and cycling by m yself.Peter: Oh, I forgot about that. I go cycling sometimes too. And I often go swimming on vacation, b ut only recreational swimming.Laura: Why don't you join me at the gym sometime? I can get you a guest pass. Peter: Well, maybe someday, but I'm pretty lazy about things like that. Questions1. What do you know about Peter?2. Where might the two speakers be having this conversation?Speaking Tasks Pair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with yo ur partner.Conversation 1A: What's your plan for this evening?B: Well, there's a good game at the stadium but I haven't got a ticket yet.A: I'm going to the gym. Would you like to come along? I can get a guest pass for you. B: That's w onderful. I'd always wanted to work out in the new gym. Thank you very much. Conversation 2 A: Hi, Xiao Wang. Fancy meeting you here! How are you doing?B: Can't complain. I'm busy with my experiments in the lab. But after work I often play some spor ts．A: Like what?B: Like swimming, running and sometimes tennis.A: Tennis? That's my favorite game. Say, what're you doing this weekend? B: Nothing particular. I guess I'll probably just work in the lab. A: Come on. You need to relax. What about a game of ten nis? B: OK.Conversation 3A: Are you doing anything special tomorrow, Bob? B: Not really. Why do you ask?A: Some of us are going motorcycling. Would you like to join us? B: Motorcycling? I've never done that. Isn't it a bit dangerous? A: Maybe, but it's really exciting.B: I enjoy jogging. It's more relaxing.A: That's a good form of exercise. It can help you stay in shape. B: Yes, it's also safer.Now make similar conversations according to the given situations. Use the structures and express ions above in your conversations where appropriate[ti:Unit 1 Part C]Test Your ListeningYou're going to hear five short conversations. Listen carefully and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.1. W: I like playing basketball, volleyball and table tennis. What about you? M: Well, tennis is my f avorite sport. Q: What sport does the man like?2. W: You don't like boxing very much, do you? M: It's far from being my kind of sport. Q: What d oes the man mean?3. W: I think yesterday's football game was quite exciting. What about you, John?M: You said it. But it was a bit long.Q: What does the man think about the football game? 4. W: Do you like to play chess?M: I like the game, but I don't play it often enough. I'm afraid I'm not a very good chess player. Q: What does the man mean?5. M: I knew the names of all the football players and the dates of all the games in my high schooldays. But recently I have failed to keep up with football. W: Now you are busy with your golf gam es.Q: What do you know about the man from the conversation?Unit 2 Food and Drinks Part AListening StrategyListening "Between the Lines"People do not always say directly what they mean. Very often, we have to listen "between the lin es". The English language offers many ways for people to imply, rather than directly state, their m eaning. To find out what a speaker really means, we can rely on such things as the context, the m eaning of an idiom, and the intonation used. For example, if someone says "I have an essay to wri te" in answer to an invitation to go somewhere, we can infer from the context that he cannot acc ept the invitation. And if someone says "Andrew passed with flying colors" in reply to an inquiry a bout how Andrew did on a test, we can infer from the meaning of the idiom "to pass with flying c olors" that Andrew did very well on the test. Often, intonation also helps to reveal the real meani ng of a message. For example, "He is very clever" said with an ironic tone means just the opposite . You are going to hear eight short conversations between two speakers.Listen carefully and write down "Yes" or "No" to each of the following questions. 1. M: Have you ever been to that big restaurant opposite the school gate? W: Yes, many times.Whenever my friends come to visit me, I'll take them there to eat. 2. W: Is there something wron g, sir?M: My wife and I have been kept waiting for nearly an hour for our meal. 3. W: Where is the cake I made this morning?M: We ate it, mom. Can you make another one for us?4. W: I hear you like chicken very much.M: Next to beef.5. M: Have you tried this wine before?W: No, never. It's my first time, but it's really to my taste. 6. W: John, do you want a soda? M: Sod a? I think it tastes like medicine. 7. W: Why, the fish is left almost untouched. M: Well, it would be good if it were less salty. 8. M: Hi, Sue, would you like to eat out tonight?W: Oh, I'd really like to, but my sister may come to visit me this evening..[ti:Unit 2 Part B] Listening Tasks A ConversationWhat About Dining Out?Exercise 1Listen to the conversation and complete the following sentences. Peter: Hi, Kate.Kate: Hi, Peter. How have you been? Peter: Oh, OK, I guess. And you?Kate: Not too bad. We haven't seen each other for a while, have we?Peter: No, we haven't. So that makes me ask. Do you have any plan for this Saturday? Kate: No, n ot yet, I don't think so. Why?Peter: What do you think about getting together and going out to dinner this weekend? Kate: Tha t would be great. Do you have any particular place in mind?Peter: Well, I think I'd like to eat something that's not too heavy. I've been eating a little too much lately.Kate: Me too.Peter: I love Italian food, but maybe we should skip that this time. They always seem to serve somuch food in Italian restaurants, and you end up eating more than you wanted to.Kate: Chinese food would be good.Peter: Yes, or maybe some Japanese sushi. That style uses a lot of natural flavors, and not much o il or cream or heavy sauces.Kate: Yes, either of those choices would be good. Let's just meet on Saturday night, and decide th en where to eat.Peter: That's fine by me.Speaking Tasks Pair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with yo ur partner.Conversation 1(At the school canteen) A: What a crowd!B: This is the worst time. The morning classes are just over. Everybody is hungry and rushes here t o have lunch.A: That's true. I'm starving and I can't wait. I'd rather not stand in a long line. B: Why don't we hav e some fried noodles?A: Noodles are sold at No. 2 Box. No queue there, you see. B: That's great. (At No. 2 Box) Counter hand: What can I get you? A: One plate of fried noodles, please. B: Make it two. Counter hand: OK. Two plates of fried noodles. Anything else? A: How much is the tomato soup? Counter hand: It's free. It goes with the noodles. A: I see. (to B) Do you want any soup? B: Yes. A: (to counter hand) Two bowls of soup, please. Conversation 2(At a fast food restaurant)Counter hand: What can I do for you?Customer: I'll have one order of chicken nuggets and a chicken sandwich. Counter hand: Anything to drink? Customer: A small Sprite. No ice, please. Counter hand: Okay. For here or to go? Custo mer: For here. Conversation 3(At a Chinese restaurant)Waiter: Are you ready to order?A: Do you have any recommendations?Waiter: Yes. The Sichuan style crispy whole fish is very good. It's today's special.A: Mary, would you like to try that? I hear it's very good.B: Why not? And I'd like shrimp in black bean sauce, too. It's my favorite. Waiter: Okay. Anything else?A: What about some vegetables, Mary? B: Yes. How about spinach? A: Spinach is fine with me. W aiter: Anything to drink?A: Yes. I'd like one Bud Light, please. What'll you have, Mary? B: Orange juice, please. Waiter: One Bud Light and one orange juice. Is that right? A: Right.Now make similar conversations according to the given situations. Use the structures and express ions above in your conversations where appropriate[ti:Unit 2 Part C]Test Your ListeningListen to the conversation and choose the right answers to the questions you hear. A: Well, here we are, not too crowded.B: Great! Let's order quickly so we can chat a little. A: OK. What are you in the mood for?B: Something light. I had a huge breakfast and I'm still full. A: There are three salads. Or you could have soup and a sandwich. B: What are you having? A hamburger, I suppose.A: No, actually I ate out last night. We had pizza at Pizza Hut, then a late snack at Kentucky Fried C hicken.B: Oh, dear. Well, maybe you should have a salad.A: Yes, I think so. Look, the daily special is spaghetti. That sounds good. B: Oh, the prices are great too. I'll have that as well. A: Now let's decide on drinks.B: I'll just have coffee and a glass of iced water. A: Italian food needs red wine, you know. B: But w e have to go back to work. A: OK, a Coke for me then.B: Here comes the waitress. Let me order first. Questions1. What is the relationship between the two speakers?2. Where does the conversation take plac e?3. What will they order?Unit 3 Weather Part AListening StrategyListening for Important DetailsBesides understanding the main idea of a listening text, we often find it necessary to grasp the im portant details as well. What counts as important details depends on the kind of information we want. Generally speaking, if we are listening to the narration of an event, we need to sharpen our ears not only for what happened, but also when and where, how and why it happened. In listeni ng to a weather report, on the other hand, the important details we should watch out for are the current weather conditions, temperature, and weather outlook. You're going to hear two short p assages about weather. While listening, pay attention to such details as the weather conditions, t emperature, weather outlook, damage caused by bad weather and so on, and write them down i n note form.Then complete the exercises in your book.1. The weather today: a fine day is in store nearly everywhere, with the best of the sunshine in so uthern and central areas of Britain. A pleasant day, then, with long sunny periods developing. Th ere will be light winds with a maximum temperature of 18 degrees Celsius, 64 degrees Fahrenheit . Look at the outlook for the next few days: it will become mostly cloudy with heavy showers mov ing in from the west.2. A storm in Changchun, capital of Northeast China's Jilin Province, claimed four lives on Sunday. The storm lasted about three hours from around 8 p.m. The winds reached speeds of over a hund red miles an hour, causing serious damage and a widespread power failure.[ti:Unit 3 Part B] Listening Tasks A ConversationDid You Hear the Forecast?Exercise 1Listen to the conversation and choose the right answers to the questions you hear. Alan: Oh, look at the sky, Michelle! It's starting to get cloudy.Michelle: I see it. I hope it doesn't rain. I thought it was going to be a fine day today.Alan: That's certainly what the department was hoping for when they chose today as the date for the annual picnic.Michelle: You can't have a picnic without good weather. You need sunshine for all the eating and games and entertainment.Alan: Yeah, sunshine — but not too much! Do you remember last year?Michelle: I sure do. It was so hot all we did was look for shade, look for ways to escape from the s un.Alan: And no one wanted to participate in any of the planned activities. All we wanted was cold d rinks. And then we dozed off.Michelle: If there had just been the tiniest breeze to cool us off.Alan: But there wasn't. Just that burning sun, without a cloud in the sky, and the temperature just seemed to climb higher and higher.Michelle: Well, we don't have that problem this year, apparently.Alan, did you hear the weather forecast? Is it supposed to rain?Alan: I don't know. I didn't catch the weather report. But maybe if it rains, it will only be a short s hower which cools things off a little. That might not be bad. Questions1. What are Alan and Michelle mainly doing?2. What do you know about Alan?3. What can you infer from the conversation?Speaking TasksListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with yo ur partner. Conversation 1A: What lovely weather we're having! Nice and cool. B: Yeah, I really like this kind of weather. A: What's the temperature today？B: The high is 26 and the low is 20. The weather forecast says the good weather is likely to last, to o.A: I hope so.Conversation 2A: It seems to be clearing up. All the dark clouds are gone and the sun is coming out. B: Yes. Let's j ust hope it stays this way. I hate rainy days.A: I think it will continue to be fine for the next few days. Anyhow, that's what the weatherman sa ys.B: That's great. Let's go for a walk, shall we？ A: All right.Conversation 3A: It's hot and humid, isn't it? I can hardly breathe. B: Yeah. I feel suffocating too.A: Are summers always this hot here? It's almost like in the desert. B: Yes, especially in July and A ugust. A: Well, what did the weatherman say? B: He said another heat wave is on the way. A: Oh no! I hope not.B: How about going out to the beach to cool off？A: Good idea. Maybe it's the only place for this sort of weather.Now make similar conversations according to the given situations. Use the structures and express ions above in your conversations where appropriate..[ti:Unit 3 Part CTest Your ListeningYou're going to hear five short conversations. Listen carefully and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.1. W: It's been freezing for the last few days.M: Yes. And the forecast says there will be more snow next week, accompanied by strong winds. Q: What will the weather be like next week?2. M: We haven't had such a severe winter for a long time, have we? W: No, and the forecast saysit's going to get worse before it warms up. Q: What can we learn from the conversation?3. W: What if it rains hard? What are we going to do?M: I think it will clear up soon. But if it keeps raining, the whole thing will have to be cancelled. Q: What can we learn from the conversation?4. M: How was the weather when you left New York?W: It was very much like the weather in Beijing. You don't have to take a lot of clothes. Q: What c an we learn from the conversation?5. W: If it is this hot tomorrow, we may have to give up the idea of playing tennis in the afternoon . M: The weather forecast says it will cloud over by noon. Q: What does the man mean?Unit 4 Music Part AListening StrategyListening for Signal WordsThe ability to identify signal words can help us follow the thread of the speaker's thought. People often use signal words or phrases like "but", "therefore" and "as a result" to add a comment that contrasts with what has just been said or to signal what they are about to say is the result or caus e of their previous remarks. Similarly, words and phrases like "for example", "most importantly", " first", "second", "finally" and "then" usually signal that the speaker is going to provide an illustrati on or emphasize a certain point or discuss several aspects of a certain topic. So we should pay att ention to signal words in listening as they will prepare us for what is going to be said. You're going to hear four short passages.Listen carefully and write down the signal word(s) in each passage. Then choose a, b, c or d to ind icate the function of the signal word(s) used in each of the passages.1. Most people like music. In fact, we are surrounded by it. It's on the radio and television and ca n be heard in stores and restaurants. However, not everyone likes the same kind of music.2. The manager of the music shop was called Brian Epstein. Because so many people had asked fo r a record by the Sun, Epstein decided to go and listen to the group himself.3. Firstly I would like to talk about classical music and its representative composers, then I will mo ve on to jazz music, and finally I will focus on pop music in the last century.4. We listen to exciting music and our hearts beat faster, our blood pressure rises, and our blood f lows more quickly. In short, we're stimulated.[ti:Unit 4 Part B] Listening Tasks A PassageBackground MusicExercise 1Listen to the passage. As you listen, read the signal words in your book and put a tick () in the bra ckets after the ones you have heard.Background music may seem harmless, but it can have a powerful effect on those who hear it. Recorded background music first found its way into factories, shops and restaurants in the USA. V ery soon it spread to other parts of the world. Now it is becoming difficult to go shopping or eat a meal without listening to music. To begin with, background music was intended simply to create a soothing atmosphere. Recently, however, it's becoming a big business. An American marketing expert has shown that music can boost sales or increase factory production by as much as a third. But it has to be the light music. Lively music has no effect at all on sales. Slow music can increase receipts by 34%. This is probably because shoppers slow down and have more opportunity to spo t items they would like to buy. Yet, slow music isn't always the answer. The expert found that in restaurants slow music meant customers took longer to eat their meals, which reduced overall sale s. So restaurant owners might be well advised to play faster music to keep the customers moving — unless, of course,the resulting indigestion leads to complaints. Questions1. Where was recorded background music first used?2. What was the original purpose of backgr ound music?3. What kind of music can have a powerful effect on customers in shops?4. Why doesn't the same kind of music work in restaurants according to the passage? Speaking TasksPair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with yo ur partner. Conversation 1A: Do you like English songs? B: I'm crazy about them.A: What's your favorite song?B: It's hard to say. There are so many beautiful songs. A: Who's your favorite singer then?B: Sarah Brightman, undoubtedly. I do admire her, you know. I love all her songs. A: I like her, too, but not that much. Conversation 2A: Do you care for opera?B: Yes, I do, very much.A: Which do you like better, opera or musical?B: Opera.A: Do you just listen to it or go to performances?B: I prefer going to a performance. It has everything, color and spectacle and great music. A: Why don't we go and see Aida together? It's being performed at the Grand Theater. B: I've seen it alre ady. It's excellent.A: Oh, lucky you! Conversation 3A: Do you enjoy listening to music?B: Yes, very much. I enjoy listening to music more than any other pastime.A: What's your favorite music?B: It depends. When I am in a good mood, I'd prefer something exciting, with a fast rhythm. But if I feel low, I can only listen to something soft and quiet. A: Mm, me too.Now make similar conversations. Use the structures and expressions above where appropriate. Y our conversations should include the following points.[ti:Unit 4 Part C] Test Your ListeningListen to the passage three times and supply the missing information.Celine Dion is the youngest of 14 children in a working-class family in Quebec, Canada. Her pare nts, who both loved music, encouraged her to develop her musical talent. At 12, Celine had comp osed the song "It Was Only a Dream". Her mother and brother helped her to make a recording of that song and sent it off to an address they found on an album of a popular French singer. The ad dress was that of Rene Angelil, who became her first conquest, but there would be millions more. Celine's rise from a teenage singer to a pop superstar has been steady, but not without difficultie s. Record companies were at first less enthusiastic about investing in a teenager than Angelil, wh o mortgaged his own home to pay for her first album. But her first two albums won a great succe ss. And by 1983 she became the first Canadian ever to have a gold record inFrance. In 1990, Celine made her first English language record with Unison but her real breakthrough in America came when she was selected by Disney to sing the theme song of Beauty and the Beast. The song went to No.1 on the chart and won both a Grammy and an Academy award. In 19 96 she performed at the opening ceremony of the 1996 Atlanta Olympic Games and in 1997 she r ecorded the theme song for Titanic, and her name became synonymous with the enormously suc cessful film. Celine Dion's favorite theme is love. She sings the depth and the power of love in a gr eat many of her hits such as "Love Can Move Mountains", "Because You Loved Me", "The Power of Love" and, of course, the theme song of Titanic, "My Heart Will Go On".Unit 5 Health Part AListening StrategyIdentifying the Relationship Between the Speakers in a ConversationIdentifying the relationship between the speakers in a conversation is an important skill in liste ning comprehension. Although sometimes the conversation itself does not contain words that sa y exactly what the relationship is, we can rely on contextual clues to find it out. Such clues includ e the degree of intimacy (e.g., how intimately the speakers address each other, what endearment s are used), the degree of politeness (strangers tend to be more polite towards each other than fr iends or family members), and the particular situation (at a doctor's consulting room, at a shop, e tc.).Listen to the following conversations and choose the right answers to the questions that follow the conversations.1. M: What's the trouble?W: I feel dizzy and my whole body aches. M: How long have you been sick? W: Two or three days now.M: How's your appetite?W: I've got no appetite. The sight of food simply turns my stomach. What's wrong with me? M: Y ou seem to be generally run-down.Q: What is the mnost probable relationship between the two speakers? 2. W: What's the matter, Jack? You look pale. M: Oh, I feel terrible.W: Why? What's the matter?M: I have a splitting headache and a sore throat. W: Why didn't you tell me?M: I thought they might go away, but I feel worse this morning. I'm aching all over.W: Hmm. You feel warm, too. You must have got a fever. There's a pretty bad flu going around, yo u know.Q: What's the most probable relationship between the two speakers?[ti:Unit 5 Part B]Listening TasksA ConversationGoing to See the DoctorExercise 1Listen to the conversation and choose the right answers to complete the statements. D: So what's your trouble?P: Well, doctor, I haven't been feeling well lately. My biggest problem is that I'm having trouble sl eeping.D: Have you tried any of the sleeping medications available? P: I've tried one or two, but they don 't seem to help. D: How long have you had this problem?P: Three or four months — it's been rather a long time now.D: Are you suffering from an unusual level of stress in your life lately? P: Not more than usual. My biggest worry is the fact I can't sleep. D: Well, some people don't need as much sleep as others. P: But I feel tired all day, so it is a problem for me. D: Have you been experiencing any other symp toms? P: I've also had a lot of indigestion lately.D: Well, you are a little overweight, aren't you?P: Yes. And I've gained about seven kilograms this past year.D: You really should try to lose at least that extra weight. Do you get much exercise? P: No, not ve ry much.D: Physical activity is very important.P: So what do you recommend, doctor?D: I will give you some medications for your insomnia and your indigestion. But I also recommend that you begin a regular exercise program.P: But I have neither the time nor the money to go to a gym.D: You don't need to go to a gym. A simple walking program would be very beneficial for you. I thi nk you'll find that diet and exercise will be very helpful in taking care of your recent complaints. Speaking TasksPair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with yo ur partner. Conversation 1D: What's wrong with you?P: I have a burning stomachache. And I feel like vomiting, too. D: How long has it been like this? P: Since yesterday.D: What did you eat yesterday? Did you eat seafood? P: Yes. I had some crabs at lunch and then I just felt terrible. D: Yours seems to be a minor case of food poisoning.P: What do you think I should do, doctor?D: I'll give you some medications for your stomachache and indigestion. And don't eat any seafoo d for the next week or so.P: I won't, doctor. Thank you.Conversation 2D: What seems to be the problem?P: I hurt my left foot yesterday. I missed one step while coming down the stairs.D: (after examining the foot) You have a sprained ankle. It's slightly swollen. How does it feel? P: Rather painful there. What should I do, doctor?D: I'll give you an X-ray to see if there is anything wrong with the bone.Now make similar conversations according to the given situations. Use the structures and express ions above in your conversations where appropriate.[ti:Unit 5 Part C] Test Your ListeningYou're going to hear five short conversations. Listen carefully and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.1. W: Jane kept coughing and couldn't go to sleep all night. M: She must be sick. I hope she's bett er today.Q: What do you know about Jane? 2. M: I haven't seen Jack for ages.W: Neither have I. But I heard he had been in hospital for three weeks. Q: What do you learn fro。
全新版大学英第二版语综合教程2听力原文Unit 2
Unit2 Express Yourself!Listening and SpeakingAudio Track 2-2-1A: The woman in the red coat is smiling and the woman in the blue jeans beside her is laughing. Why are they so happy?B: Maybe they’re going to the movies and they are excited.Audio Track 2-2-2/Audio Track 2-2-31.Angie: Okay, what’s the next test question?Marc: The next question is ... What’s the capital of Greenland?Angie: (yawning ) ... It’s ...Marc: Angie!Angie: What?Marc: Stop yawning. This is serious!Angie: I’m sorry. I’m listening.2.Pablo: So, my plane leaves at 8: 00, and ... hey Carolyn, are you crying?Carolyn: No, not really.Pablo: Yes, you are! What’s wrong?Carolyn: Well, it’s summer vacation and you’re going away.Pablo: Come on now. Don’t cry. It’s only for three months.Carolyn: Okay. But write to me. I’ll miss you.3.Vickie: Tony, what’re you doing?Tony: I’m planning our trip to Las Vegas. Ugh! I can’t find a hotel room.Vickie: So we can’t visit Las Vegas?Tony: No, we can’t. Hey Vickie, why are you smiling?Vickie: I don’t really want to go to Vegas, Tony. I’m glad. Now we can visit London instead!Audio Track 2-2-4/Audio Track 2-2-51.Man: Where are you running to, Paula?Woman: I have Connie’s wallet. I need to give it to her.Man: Come on. I’ll help you.Woman: I don’t see Connie anywhere.Man: Look! She’s over there. Standing at the bus stop.Woman: Oh yeah, I see her. Connie! Connie!Man: She doesn’t see us.Woman: You’re right. It’s too noisy, and she’s talking to someone.2.Man: Well, here we are. This is my mom’s house.Woman: It’s beautiful.Man: Hey, Jen. Are you okay?Woman: I’m just a little nervous. It’s my first time meeting your mother.Man: Come on. Don’t worry. Here she is now.Woman 2: Hi, Tim!Man: Hi, Mom. I’d like you to meet Jen.Woman 2: Hi, Jen. It’s very nice to meet you.Woman: It’s nice to meet you, too. Mrs. Harris.3.Man: Hey, Anne. Where are you going?Woman: I’m going to the library to study.Man: For what? It’s only 7:00 a.m.!Woman: My final exams. They’re next week.Man: Wow, well, good luck!Woman: Thanks!4.Woman: Bill, it’s late. Where’s the theater?Man: Hmmm ... I think it’s near here.Woman: Are you sure? What street is this?Man: Uhm ... I don’t know.Woman: Where’s the map? I want to check.Audio Track 2-2-6/Audio Track 2-2-7Paula: So, Jane, what are you doing these days?Jane: I’m working in an office. And I’m studying computer science in the evening.Paula: You’re really busy!Jane: That’s for sure! And in my free time, I’m learning Spanish for my vacation. I’m planning a trip to Mexico next year.Paula: What about your brothers? How are they doing?Jane: They’re doing great! Alex is helping our father in his business, and Adam is going to Pacific University.Paula: How nice!Jane: Paula, how about you? How are you doing these days?Paula: I’m doing great, too. I’m working on a project about community safety.Jane: Community safety?Paula: Yeah. We’re planning a campaign against theft, fire, AIDS and drugs in our community. Jane: Oh, that sounds interesting!Paula: Yes, indeed it is interesting. And it is very important to the community.Audio Track 2-2-8/Audio Track 2-2-10Know before you go!BangladeshPeople greet their friends by shaking hands softly and then putting their hands over their heart. People in Bangladesh don’t use many gestures. Waving at people and winking are very rude. Don’t touch people on the head. Don’t point with your foot —Bangladeshi people think feet are very dirty.IndonesiaIndonesians greet people with a long handshake, and they bow at the same time. At a meeting, give every person your business card, but use your right hand —using your left hand is very rude.Audio Track 2-2-9/Audio Track 2-2-10ThailandIn Thailand, the traditional greeting is called wai—people put their hands together and bow. Men and women don’t often touch each other in public. Thai people don’t use their hands for gestures, but they love to smile a lot. They sometimes laugh when they feel nervous or embarrassed.The United Arab EmiratesPeople in the United Arab Emirates have some special gestures. When two men meet, they shake hands. Sometimes old men touch noses together. Women kiss their friends on the cheek. If a man meets a woman, he doesn’t shake hands with her. He just smiles. When you give your friend something, give it to him with your right hand. Don’t use your left hand. And don’t point at people with your finger. Use your hand to gesture towards them.Audio Track 2-2-11/Audio Track 2-2-12In Brazil, men often shake hands when they meet for the first time. When women meet, they kiss each other on the cheek. Women also kiss male friends to say hello. When you shake hands, look at the person in the eyes. This shows interest and friendliness.In New Zealand, usually, both men and women shake hands when they meet someone for the first time. If you see two people pressing their noses together, they are probably Maori. The Maori are the native people of New Zealand. This is their traditional greeting.In Japan, when people meet for the first time, they usually bow. In business, people also shake hands. In formal situation, people often exchange business cards. When you give a business card, give it with two hands. This is polite. Special note: In Japan, when people smile it can have different meanings. It usually means that the person is happy, or that the person thinks something is funny. But it can also mean that the person is embarrassed.Audio Track 2-2-131. The man is laughing. The man’s laughing.2. The bus is coming. The bus’s coming.3. Why is she frowning? Why’s she frowing?Audio Track 2-2-141. Tina’s studying in the library.2. My sister’s nervous. She is studying for a test.3. When is your class?4. Cintra’s dad is talking on the phone.5. How’s your family doing?6. Toshi’s car is not working.Audio Track 2-2-15Jim: Hi, Katy.Katy: Hey, Jim. How’s it going?Jim: Great! How’re you doing?Katy: I’m stressed.Jim: Yeah? What’s wrong?Katy: Oh, I have an important test tomorrow.Jim: Well, why aren’t you studying?Katy: I’m kind of tired.Jim: Come on. Let’s have a cup of coffee. Then you can study.Katy: Okay, sounds good!Audio Track 2-2-16A: Hi, Mike.B: Hi, Jim. How are you doing?A: Not so good. Actually I’m a bit angry.B: Yeah? What’s wrong?A: Oh, I’m going to see a football game tonight with my friend Dan, but he’s late. B: Why not give him a call right now?A: I did, but his mobile is out of service and I couldn’t reach him.B: Calm down. When will the game start?A: It starts in 20 minutes! There’s not much time left to get there.B: Don’t worry. Just take a taxi to the game. Maybe Dan is there already.A: Yeah, I guess that’s the best thing to do!Audio Track 2-2-17A: Hi, Ben.B: Hi, Lisa, How are you getting along? You look unhappy today.A: It’s nothing really. It’s just ... about my trip to Boston.B: You’re going on a trip to Boston? Sounds nice. Why are you so glum?A: Well I hate flying. That’s what is bothering me. Just thinking of airplane crashes makes me scared.B: Come on, Lisa. Airplanes are safe.A: Perhaps, but I’m still afraid.B: OK. I understand. Let me see ... I have a suggestion! Want to hear it?A: Go ahead.B: Why don’t you rent a car and drive to Boston?A: That’s a great idea!B: Yeah, and perhaps I could come with you! I have friends in Boston, and I could visit them, too. A: Sounds good.Audio Track 2-2-18A: Hi, Mike! It’s great to see you again! How’s it going?B: I’m fine. Thanks. How are you doing?A: Fine! Where are you living now?B: I’m living in Boston, attending Harvard University.A: Wow, so you’re still at university.B: Yeah, I’m doing my PhD. It’s taking ages to finish and it’s pretty stressful. How about you? A: Well, I’m a sales manager at an American company. It’s pretty exciting.B: I wish I were working already. I’m sick of studying.Video CourseVideo Track 2-2-1Dave: I get stressed very often because of school.Natalie: Sometimes at the office I get stressed, and when I do, I take a break and go for a walk. Dayanne: One of the things that really makes me happy is going to the beach.Alyssa: I don’t like to feel angry or sad or frustrated. I do like to feel happy and excited. WhenI’m angry, I like to be alone, I don’t like to be around other people.Agnes: I don’t like to be angry or stressed, because when I am, I eat all the time, and when I’m angry, I yell at everybody.Jennifer: When I have stress, I like to take my dog to the park and throw the ball or throw the Frisbee, and that relaxes me.Video Track 2-2-2Alyssa: I don’t like to feel angry or sad or frustrated. I do like to feel happy and excited. When I’m angry, I like to be alone. I don’t like to be around other people.Jennifer: When I have stress, I like to take my dog to the park and throw the ball or throw theFrisbee, and that relaxes me.Video Track 2-2-3Dennis: We have a special way of greeting our elders in the Philippines by taking their hand and kind of kissing it like this. And it’s called mano.Dayanne: In Brazil when you greet a friend you give them a big hug and sometimes you give them a kiss on the cheek and in some places you give two kisses and in some places three kisses. Miyuki: Bowing is a very polite gesture in Japan, but I often shock people when I stick my hands out to shake their hands because it’s not very common.Agnes: When you greet somebody in Senegal you shake hands for a long time or you can hug, too, and ask about him, and his family, and his friends, and it takes a while.Video Track 2-2-4Takeshi: OK, let’s begin. In Japan, you bow when you greet people ... like this. (bows)Claudia: (bows) That’s cool.Tara: (Tara enters) Hi! What are you two doing?Claudia: Takeshi is teaching me traditional Japanese greetings for my trip to Japan.Tara: Your trip to Japan? When?Claudia: I have a big meeting in Tokyo in July.Tara: Wow! That’s great.Claudia: I’m a little nervous about the whole trip, though.Takeshi: Why? There’s no need to be nervous.Claudia: I’m kind of worried about making mistakes. I don’t know anything about Japan.Tara: Don’t worry. Everything’s going to be fine.Takeshi: And you have a good teacher. Let’s see, what else? Oh, remember —always use two hands when you give a person your business card ... like this. (hands Claudia business card, she responds)Tara: (points to Claudia) Hey! That looks really good, Claudia. You’re a natural!Takeshi: And remember —never use your finger to point. That’s actually rude in a lot of countries.Tara: Really?Takeshi: Yep. Oh, and one more thing. In Japan, for luck, you jump three times and nod your head ... like this.Claudia: What?Takeshi: Yeah. Let’s try it, come on. Come on, Claudia, try it.Claudia: OK. (Claudia starts to jump and nod her head)Takeshi: Good.Claudia: Like this?Takeshi: (winks at Tara) Yup. (Tara and Takeshi laugh)Claudia: Hey! They don’t do that in Japan! You guys are joking. Oh!Takeshi: Come on Claudia! I only wanted to teach you a very important rule for traveling — relax! And have a little fun!Claudia: You’re right. Some teacher you are!Video Track 2-2-5Takeshi: OK, let’s begin. In Japan, you bow when you greet people ... like this. (bows)Claudia: (bows) That’s cool.Tara: (Tara enters) Hi! What are you two doing?Claudia: Takeshi is teaching me traditional Japanese greetings for my trip to Japan.Tara: Your trip to Japan? When?Claudia: I have a big meeting in Tokyo in July.Tara: Wow! That’s great.Video Track 2-2-6Claudia: I’m a little nervous about the whole trip, though.Takeshi: Why? There’s no need to be nervous.Claudia: I’m kind of worried about making mistakes. I don’t know anything about Japan.Tara: Don’t worry. Everything’s going to be fine.Video Track 2-2-7Takeshi: And you have a good teacher. Let’s see, what else? Oh, remember —always use two hands when you give a person your business card ... like this. (hands Claudia business card, she responds)Tara: (points to Claudia) Hey! That looks really good, Claudia. You’re a natural!Takeshi: And remember —never use your finger to point. That’s actually rude in a lot of countries.Tara: Really?Takeshi: Yep. Oh, and one more thing. In Japan, for luck, you jump three times and nod your head ... like this.Claudia: What?Takeshi: Yeah. Let’s try it, come on. Come on, Claudia, try it.Claudia: OK. (Claudia starts to jump and nod her head)Takeshi: Good.Claudia: Like this?Takeshi: (winks at Tara) Yup. (Tara and Takeshi laugh)Claudia: Hey! They don’t do that in Japan! You guys are joking. Oh!Takeshi: Come on Claudia! I only wanted to teach you a very important rule for traveling — relax! And have a little fun!Claudia: You’re right. Some teacher you are!。
新标准大学英语视听说教程2_听力原文
新标准大学英语视听说教程 2 听力原文Unit 1 College cultureInside viewConversation 1Janet ：So this is the Cherwell Boathouse – it’s lovely! And look at those people punting! It looksquite easy.Mark ：I’m not so sure about that! Janet, there’s something Kate and I wanted to discuss with you.Some people in college are organizing charity events this term. We’ve decided to get involved.Janet ：Raising money for charity? Right. In China, people raise money for charity but studentsdon’t usually do that.Mark ：Students often do that here. Anyway, we’re thinking of doing sponsored punting. Janet ：Sponsored punting! What’s that?Kate ：Sponsoring is when people pay you to do something – like run a long distance. So peoplewould be sponsoring students to punt.Janet ：What a great idea! I’d love to join you!Mark ：That’s why we’re telling you about it. So that’s decided then. Let’s make a list of thingswe need to do.Kate ：I’ll do that. One of the first things we should do is choose the charity.Mark ：Yes. And choose a day for the event. And we need to design the sponsorshipform. I’ve gotone here.Kate ：That looks fine, but we must change the wording. Who wants to do that?Mark ：I’ll do that. What have we got so far?Kate ：Choose a charity. Also a day for the event. Change the wording on thesponsorship form… Um … We have to decide where the punt will start from.Mark ：Cherwell Boathouse, no question! It's a very beautiful route from here,apparently. Kate ：I’m with you on that.Janet ：Me too …Conversation2Janet ：I’m not used to boats – Woah!Mark ：Whoops!Kate ：Watch out! You nearly hit me with that thing!Mark ：Sorry! I didn’t mean to. … OK, we’re off!Kate ：Maybe I should do the punting.Mark ：It’s fine. I’ve got the hang of it now – give me a chance.Kate ：Well, I’d like to have a go.Mark ：Supposing I do the first hour. Then you can take over for a while, if youwant to. Kate ：Yes, great.Janet ：You’re really good at it, Mark! This is fantastic! It’s exactly how I imagined lifehere! Look over there – isn’t it lovely!Kate ：Yes, it is.…Janet ：Kate, everything’s organized, isn’t it, for collecting the sponsorshipmoney?Kate ：Yes, I’ve arranged for people to get the money to me by next Friday – if they haven’t paidonline. I’ll count it all up.Janet ：Good. We’d better have a meeting soon after that, don’t you think? How much have weraised?Kate ：About 600.Janet：Fantastic! I’m so enjoying this!Mark ：Hey guys, I’ve got a suggestion – how about moving over to the bank andwe can have ourpicnic! Hey, look, there’s Louise and Sophie!Mark ：Whoo …Girls： Mark!Janet ：Are you all right?Mark ：Er … Of course I’m all right. Kate, I think it’s your turn to punt!Outside viewV/O （画外音）Harvard University in Cambridge is one of the best universities in the world. Wespoke to Alex Jude, the university’s Head of Communications. He explained that Harvard looks for the best and most talented students from around the world.AlexHarvard actually seeks students from around the world, the best students that wecan find, to study chemistry, or study literature, or study government, or business. Our business school is particularly well-known around the world, as is the medical school and law school, so, um, and, and the Kennedy School of government, for theJohn F. Kennedy School of Government, so, er, we do seek very, very talented students and we have open doors for them.V/O （画外音）We asked five students at Harvard to tell us what kind of social life they have.AshleyUm, well relaxing is a little hard to do around here, but basically, I mean, I still,I, I live nearby anyway, so I see a lot of my friends, and … Um, there’s a good social life here if you look for it. I go to the gym, run. So that’s what I do.AdamIt is whatever you want it to be. It’s good. If you wanna go out party, do anything you can. If you wanna sit in your room and study all night like my friend over here, you can also do that. BrianSocially, like you said, it’s, it’s a lot of what you make it. Um, we don’t have fraternities here, and so, you know, that’s, it’s obviously not as social. There’s not as many parties as there would be on another campus. Um, but on a Friday orSaturday night, there, there, there will be a party. Usually we end up studying until about 10 o’clock. And then we, and then we’ll go out and have fun maybe, or justwatch a movie with friends, or, you know, whatever is going on for the night. JodieNot everyone would agree with me, obviously, but it’s, I think it’s a fun placeto be.Interviewer: Have you made a lot of friends?Jodie : Oh, definitely.Interview. ：Mm.Jodie: Many.Interviewer: What, what do you do with your friends?Jodie: Um, well, I like to go to concerts. I’m in three music groups, so I havelots of rehearsalsduring the week for that. Um, just do, you know, some fun things, on the weekend.V/O （画外音）We asked the Harvard students if they use the Internet.Ashley: Um, I, I use it a fairly good amount. Um, our library system is online, soI use that a lot.And a lot of my classes, you know, have to do research papers. You can find a lotof information on there, so.Interviewer: So how often do you use it, a week, a day?Ashley: Um, I use it probably on more of a weekly basis. Maybe three or four timesa week.Brian: Oh yes, definitely. We live through the Internet actually. Well, I do a lotof researchthrough the Internet, follow my stocks on the Internet. Um, well, even though isnot officially Internet, we, that’s how we communicate a lot at college, so, through the .John: Um, I use the internet mostly for, er, I’d say, sort of leisure purposes.I mean, I play, um, I use it for a lot of, I don’t, we don’t have TV in my room,so I use it, uh, uh, go to the CNN website, keep up on current events, things likethat. Uh, I also, uh, you know, there’s some little games to play over the Internet. Um, just um, I go to espn. to see what’s happening, follow the Boston Red Sox, things like that. Um, I think a lot of courses use it to post things, but I, I don’t usually use it that much for research, or things. I tend to use the libraries for such things, so.Listening inPassage 1Voice-overHi, I’m Nick Carter, and this is SUR, your university radio station. This morningwe went around campus to ask freshers – now half-way through their first year –the question, ―How are you finding uni?‖ Here are some of the answers we got.Speaker 1It’s cool. It’s everything I hoped it would be. I’m very ambitious, I want tobe a journalist and I want to get to the top of the profession. I’ve started writing for the university newspaper so I’ve got my foot on the ladder already.Speaker 2I’m working hard and the teaching is as good as I expected. And I’ve made some good friends. But I’m very homesick. I’m Nigerian and my family’s so far away.I went home a t Christmas for a month – that really helped, but man, I miss my f amily so much.Speaker 3“How am I finding uni?‖ It’s great. It’s not perfect, nothing is, but, like,I’ve got a brilliant social life, just brilliant, and I’ve made lots of friends.For the first few months I just didn’t do, really enough work. But I – I talked about it with my parents and I’m working harder now and getting good grades.Speaker 4Actually, I’ve been quite lonely to be honest. I’m a bit shy … everyone else seemed to find it so easy to make friends straight away. But things have been better recently – yeah, they have. I’ve joined a couple of clubs and like, it really helps to get to know people when you have shared interests. So, yeah – I’m f eeling a lot happier now.Speaker 5Uni’s great, I love it. My only problem – and it’s quite a big problem – is money. My parents are both unemployed so, you know, they can’t help me financially. Mygrant just isn’t – it’s just not enough for me t o live on, so I’ve taken a part-time job as a waitress – a lot of people I know, like a lot, have had to do the same.I don’t want to have huge debts at the end.Speaker 6I love my subject, History, and I’m, I’m getting fantastic teaching here. I wantto be a university lecturer and that means I have to get a first. I have a good social life but work definitely comes first for me.Passage 2Oxford and Cambridge – two universities so similar that they are often spoken oftogether as “Oxbridge‖. They’re both in the UK, fairly near London, and bothregularly come top in any ranking of the world’s best universities.The two universities began within a century of each other. Oxford University, now900 years old, was founded towards the end of the 11th century. In 1209 there wasa dispute between the university and the townspeople of Oxford. As a result, someof the Oxford teachers left and founded a university in the town of Cambridge, some 84 miles away. Ever since then, the two institutions have been very competitive.Unlike most modern universities, both Oxford and Cambridge consist of a large number of colleges. Oxford has 39 and Cambridge 31. Many of these colleges have old andvery beautiful architecture, and large numbers of tourists visit them.In all UK universities, you need good grades in the national exams taken at 18. But to get into Oxford and Cambridge, it’s not enough to get A grades in your exams.You also have to go for a long interview. In these interviews, students need to show that they are creative and capable of original thinking.Through the centuries, both universities have made huge contributions to Britishcultural life. They have produced great writers, world leaders and politicians.Cambridge, in particular, has produced scientists whose discoveries and inventions have changed our lives.Among the great university institutions is the world’s most famous debating society, the Oxford Union, where undergraduates get a chance to practise speaking in public. Cambridge’s comedy clubFootlights has produced many first-class comedians, while some of the UK’s most famous actors and actresses began their careers at The Oxford University DramaticSociety, known as OUDS. Then there’s the Oxford and Cambridge Boat Race, which takes place every year in March or April, and is watched on television all over the UK.So with all this excellence in so many fields, it’s not surprising that the ambition of clever students all over the world is to attend either one of these greatuniversities.Unit 2 Mixed feelingsInside viewConversation 1Kate ：Come in. Hey, Janet.Janet ：Hi Kate, are you busy?Kate ：Yes, I’m just doing an essay. But it’s great to see you. So what’s new?Janet ：Well, nothing much.Kate ：You look a bit fed up. What’s bugging you?Janet ：Well, I had a phone call from my parents and it made me feel homesick. Ithappens everytime they call, and it gets me down.Kate ：I’m sorry to hear that. I know how you feel. I love speaking to my mum anddad, but Ialways feel miserable after the call.Janet ：My dad doesn’t say much, and I want to speak to him, but I wish I knew what to say. Kate ：Don’t let it get to you. My d ad doesn’t say much on the phone either.I call, he answersthe phone, and says, ―Hi, I’ll pass you to your mother.‖ It’s really irritating.Janet ：But I miss him and my mother a lot, and I like to hear his voice.Kate ：Just tell him what you’re up to.Janet ：Sometimes I feel as if I made a mistake leaving home and coming to Oxford.Sometimes I feel like a moody teenager.Kate ：Try not to worry about it, Janet. It’s normal to feel like that. I understand how you feel, butI bet everything will be fine next term. You’ll get used to it. Hey, why don’t you do what I do?Janet ：What’s that?Kate ：When m y dad calls, I ask him for more money! He usually says no, but at least I getto hear his voice!Janet ：Maybe. I’m sorry to take up your time, Kate, but I must go now. Bye!Kate ：Wait a minute …!Conversation 2Kate ：I think I may have upset Janet last night.Mark : What happened?Kate ：She came to see me. I was busy doing an essay but I was really pleased tosee her. She’dhad a call from home, and said she was feeling homesick.Mark : Poor kid! It must be tough on you guys, living so far away from home.Kate ：I tried to make her laugh, told her not to worry about it, and that it wasnormal to feelmiserable. Suddenly she looked miserable, and then she got up and said, ―I must go now‖ and left my room. It was really sudden. I felt as if I’d said something wrong.Mark ：Maybe she was just being polite. It was probably because she realized youwere workingand didn’t want to disturb you.Kate ：I just wonder if she found it difficult to talk about her feelings with me.Maybe I shouldn’thave tried to make her laugh? Perhaps she thought I wasn’t taking her seriously.Mark ：I wouldn’t worry about it. Put yourself in her shoes. How would you feelif you were astudent at college in China?Kate ：I know. That’s why I feel bad. If only she had stayed longer! I wish I could have helped her more.Janet ：Hey, everyone!Mark ：Hi Janet, you look cheerful!Janet ：Yes, I’ve just got my essay back. I got an alpha minus!Kate ：What an amazing grade! Well done.Mark ：I’m really happy for you, Janet.Janet ：I feel on top of the world!Outside viewSebastienHi. I’m Sebastien. I’m from Germany. Um, the idea of IQ of a measure of your brain power has been around for a while, but recently there’s been this new idea of theEQ – your emotional quotient. And by now, it’s actually almost being regarded as more important. If you look at it, businesses will … Well, they will prefer employing people with great EQ. Well, of course, IQ cannot be disregarded, but um, EQ d oes have its importance as well. Uh, I believe that, um, … I mean, people, most people will have, um, their basic means of communicating with other people. Mostpeople are somewhat socially adept, and just like most people have, you know, a basic general knowledge. But then, what I think really is the difference betweenIQ and EQ, I mean, you can have a ―brainiac‖, and they will be great at most things they do, but if you just can’t get along with him, if you just can’t communicate with him, I mean, you know, he’s not really that useful.KimHi. This is Kim. I’m originally from Korea, and I was raised in California. Andtoday, we are going to talk about the differences between IQ and EQ – IQ meaning your intelligence, EQ meaning your emotions. Now, in … When I was, when I was a little, little boy in Korea, I had to take … I think I’d taken like two or threeIQ tests before the age of ten, which is when I moved to California. So, I guesswe stress a lot of importance on intelligence, on having great IQ scores. But after I moved to the States, I learnt how to associate with people, and along the linesthat this word EQ c ame up, you know, emotional, caring about … It’s basically how you deal with people, how you make people feel, and how people make you feel. I think they’re equally as, as important, but it seems that in the Eastern world they kind of stress on that a lot more back in the days. But I think again, you know, now that with Internet and people are communicating so much faster, there’s a better mixture of the two I think. There’s a stress on EQ in Korea as well, and a stress on IQin the States. Thank you.TedHello. My name i s Ted, and I’m from the United States of America. Today, I’m going to talk a little bit about IQ or EQ – which is most important, or which is more important. Now, for a long time when I was growing up, people said, ―IQ. What’s your IQ? Take an IQ test.‖ But then EQ, your emotions, how you interact with people, that became very important. And I think they’re … that people might be onto something with that, because your EQ – how you deal with people, how you interact with people – is important. Now, a big part of this, in my opinion, is listening.I know I’m talking a lot right now, but if you want to get along well with people,you have to listen to them, so just take a minute, maybe shut your mouth for a minute, and listen to others, and then you can understand and communicate with them in abetter way. So, part of EQ, I think, is listening – listening to others – and it can be more important than IQ.Listening inPassage 1Presenter: We’re fortunate to have as our guest today Dr Jenna Hudson, who has just written a book about how colours affect us in our surroundings, especially in theworld of advertising. It’s called Market Colours. Dr Hudson, which are the mostcommon colours in advertising and marketing?Dr Hudson :Well, of course, it depends what image the marketing team wish to project with their products. So for example, we often think of blue as a cold colour, butit also makes you feel peaceful, quiet, and it doesn’t suggest strong emotions.So it’s a favourite for banks and insurance companies, who wish to suggest the image that they are trustworthy. And for selling products, it’s often used to suggest something is pure and fresh.Presenter: What about red?Dr Hudson: You can sell almost anything with red. It’s a hot colour, which suggests a feeling of energy and even passion. It grabs your attention, and can make peoplebuy almost anything. You often see red on magazine covers. But if you use it toomuch, it looks cheap and may make people tired. And orange has a similar effect tored, it’s upbeat and happy, it suggests pleasant feelings and images. Most people react well to orange, and it’s especially popular in advertising and on packaging for baked food.Presenter: What about yellow, for instance?Dr Hudson: Yellow is the colour of sunshine and it’s a positive, happy colour, soit’s used a lot in advertising. But it’s also often used for warning signs, direction signs, and so on, where you have to read the message quickly and at a distance.Presenter: What about less popular colours for advertising?Dr Hudson: Surprisingly, green isn’t used much in advertising except for garden products. It’s friendly and restful. It can be cool and soothing, the colour ofapples and mint, but it can also be quite strong and many people associate it withunpleasant ideas of decay or slimy creatures. But most colours are not primarycolours, they’re a combination. Absolutely. So yellow-orange is common, and often used to give animpression of style and class, it looks like gold. But it’s not often used in letters because it’s not very strong. And yellow-green reminds people offeeling sick. Blue-green works well as a cool colour, suggesting freshness, and is sometimes used for toothpaste products, bathroom products, food and householdcleaning products. It has many of the advantages of blue without the disadvantages of green.Presenter: Fascinating！Thank you very much, Dr Hudson. Market Colours by Dr Jenna Hudson is on sale from next week, priced ￡15.99 …Passage 2Presenter ：What makes you embarrassed, Sally?Sally ：Oh, I’m easily embarrassed. If anybody notices me or looks at me, I getvery embarrassed.When people sing me Happy Birthday on my birthday, I get very embarrassed.Presenter ：And what makes you upset?Sally ：When people are selfish, people who think only of themselves. And cruelty– I can’tbear people who are cruel, especially to animals or children.Presenter ：Jake, what makes you depressed?Jake ：I hate it when it rains, and I don’t like people who look down on me, whothink they’resuperior to me without any reason.Presenter ：And what makes you angry?Jake ：When people don’t behave properly in public, bad behaviour like droppinglitter or peoplepushing each other on the bus or the train.Presenter ：Andrew, what makes you cheerful?Andrew ：I like to see everyone around me being happy and having a positive attitude towards thefuture, optimistic people.Presenter ：And what makes you jealous?Andrew ：Well, to be honest, I just never feel jealous. I can’t see the point ofit.Presenter ：Monica, what makes you proud?Monica ：I’m proud when I’m successful, especially in my work. Being recognizedby my bossfor what I can do makes me feel really proud. Oh, and my family. I’m very proud of them.Presenter ：And what makes you nervous?Monica ：Every time I teach a new class. The night before I’m very nervous. You don’t knowwhat the kids are going to be like and how they might behave, or if they’re going to like you.Presenter ：Anything else?Monica ：Doing interviews like this.Unit 3 Crime watchInside viewConversation 1Kate ：So, what did you think of the movie?Mark ：It was good but I thought it was too long.Kate ：Yes, me too.Kate ：Hey, where’s my bike? I don’t believe it! It’s gone!Mark ：It was next to mine, you chained it up!Kate ：Someone’s stolen it! Oh, how could they!Mark: Oh, Kate!Kate ：How could someone have done this! The creep!Mark ：It’s a really mean thing to do, steal a bike.Kate ：It was a mountain bike and it cost a fortune – I don’t have the money to buy another one. Mark ：Listen, I’ll go down the street and see if I can see anyone with it. Why don’t you go intothat shop and see if they’ve seen anything suspicious? I’ll be back in a minute.Kate ：OK.…Kate ：Well?Mark ：No luck. What did they say in the shop?Kate ：I asked the shopkeeper if she’d seen anything –Mark ：And?Kate ：She said she hadn’t. I guess it was a long shot. She advised me to reportit to the police.But according to her, bikes get stolen all the time around here.Mark ：Listen, let’s get back so you can report it.Kate ：I’ve got no bike. I’m just so upset!Mark ：It’s not far to college. Come on!Conversation 2Mark ：So did you ring the police?Kate ：Yes. I went to the police station to report it.Mark ：What did they say?Kate ：No one’s found it. This woman said that Oxford has the fifth highest rateof bike theftin the country!Mark ：You’re joking!Kate ：That’s what she said.Mark ：What else did she say?Kate ：She told me that sometimes you do get bikes back – the thieves use them and then abandonthem, apparently, and then people find them and report them.Mark ：So you might get it back.Kate ：I hope so, Mark, I really do. It’s just too much you know? But … um … what else? Shetold me to go to this sale they have of abandoned bikes. She thinks I might findit there. But it’s only every two months, I can’t wait till then! Honestly, Mark, I’m really furious! Mark ：You can always buy a cheap bike on eBay.Kate ：Hello … Speaking … You found it! Where was it? Is it …? Oh, that’s fantastic news!There was a lamp and a basket on it … Right … OK, thank you, I’ll be in tomorrow morning to pick it up. Unbelievable! This guy found it!Mark ：Brilliant! Was that the police?Kate ：Yes. What they said was, someone dumped it outside this guy’s backyard.Mark ：That’s so strange!Kate ：The lamp’s been stolen and the basket.Mark ：Forget about it! You’re lucky to get it back!Outside viewPart 1Presenter: Dodgy deals aren’t the only problems associated with doorstep sellers. Your doorstep presents these unannounced visitors with a real opportunity to undertake distraction burglary where they often pose as bogus officials to gainaccess to your home.I’m joined now by Ian Holt, from Thames Valley Police. Ian, just outline for mewhat does distraction burglary actually entail?Ian Holt: Well basically what happens is, somebody uses a story to get insidesomebody’s house and then they steal items, usually cash or small items of jewellery.Presenter: And what are the different techniques that are commonly used?Ian Holt: Well basically the er … the people that commit this crime move from area to area, er … they will look at an area, they will try and pick a particular target and they can find that by looking at property, it may beer, an uncut garden, it may be repairs that need doing to the property. Something that indicates that there’s, there’s a vulnerable person in there. It … usually, it’s an elderly personthat lives there.Presenter: Is this quite a common problem now?Ian Holt: It is becoming more common. To get it in perspective, of the 14,000burglaries that were in Thames Valley last year, we had reported 800 crimes ofdistraction burglary. But, it … there’s a slight increase this year over last year’s figures.Presenter: OK, you mentioned some of the victims being elderly. What other peopleare targeted? Ian Holt: Well, unfortunately, with this type of offence, it is thevulnerable in society and the elderly. The, the national average, if there’s such a thing as a, a victim for this type of crime, is a white female aged 81 years.Part 2Presenter: And what about things that people can do to prevent it happening, basically?Ian Holt: Well the things they can do are very, very simple. The difficulty comes,is that some of these people, er … it’s very difficult for them to remember whatto do. But the three things we, we always say is: stop, chain and check. And that’s stop before you open the door to make sure who’s on the other side. Always apply a chain. If you haven’t got a chain, fit a chain to the door, or a door bar if you’ve got difficulty in handling a chain with arthritic fingers.But also when you answer the door, check the identity of the person there. Generally the offenders say they are from the Water Board or from utilities. They may say they’re from a charity or even from local authority. But generally, a utility will bein uniform.Ask for their identification. A genuine person will not mind you doing that and will wait until you can check them out. If you do need to check them, phone the numberon, on your last bill. What won’t happen is that if it is a bogus caller, they will become unnerved by this reaction and they will leave.Presenter: OK and there’s also a couple of gadgets new on the market that also can help as well.Just talk us through that.Ian Holt:Certainly, yes. The … a spy er … viewer is fairly standard. But forelderly who may have poor eyesight there’s a spyscope which actually makes it alot easier for them to see who’s outside. As I mentioned before about the door bar, again, it can be easier to apply than the chain. Very reasonable priced er, andsomething that is fairly new … as I mentioned before it’s very difficult for some of these people to remember what they have to do when they go to the door and that’s why they become victims. And this item is called a Memo Minder and actually youcan record a message on there and it’s nice to have a grand-daughter or somebodyto record a message, but every time the person approaches the door it reminds themwith a voice to say ―Put your chain on.‖Listening inPassage 1Patrick ：I read a funny story today in the paper – true story.Steve ：Go on, then.Patrick ：OK. This 72-year old guy stole a pair of trousers from a department store in Paris. Asecurity man saw him and alerted the police and they were waiting for him when hecame out of the shop. The shoplifter started running, but the policeman soon caughtup with him. The man then bit the policeman on his arm several times.Steve ：He bit the policeman?Patrick ：Yes – you have to remember, he was 72.Steve ：I’d forgotten that.Patrick ：Problem was, it didn’t hurt the policeman at all, ’cause the guy had forgotten to put hisfalse teeth in before he left home.Steve ：Very funny!Patrick ：And the moral of the story is –Steve ：Always remember to wear your false teeth if you’re going to bite someone.Patrick ：That’s good. I read a funny crime story the other day. Let’s see … yeah …this guy … this guy robbed a supermarket somewhere in America – I can’t remember where exactly – anyway, he got away with about 4,000 dollars. The next week the。
2020年整理全新版大学英语第二版听说教程2听力原文及答案.doc
2020年整理全新版大学英语第二版听说教程2听力原文及答案.doc全新版大学英语（第二版）听说教程2Unit 1 Sports Part A]Listening StrategyIdentifying NumbersNumbers appear very often in every kind of listening material. The ability to catch the exact num bers spoken in English is an important but difficult skill for a Chinese learner. A good way is to pra ctice over and over again the pronunciation of the numbers, particularly the different ways to say thirteen and thirty, fourteen and forty, etc. It also helps to practice writing down the numbers yo u hear quickly in numerical forms, without translating them into Chinese. You're going to hear a p assage about Michael Jordan, a retired American professional basketball player.Listen carefully and fill in the blanks with the missing numbers.Michael Jordan is the greatest basketball player of all time. He was born on Feb.17, 1963, in Broo klyn, New York. He is 1.98 meters tall and weighs 216 pounds. Jordan joined the Chicago Bulls tea m for the 1984 season. In the 1986 season he shot 3041 points, the third highest score ever. He w as named NBA Slam Dunk Champion(扣篮冠军)in 1987 and won the Most Valuable Player Award in 1988, an honor repeated four times in the next ten years to 1998. Jordan guided his team to win six NBA championships during the 1990s, s coring 45 points during the sixth and last game of the 1998 NBA finals. In 1999, he was named th e greatest North American athlete of the 20th century.Jordan left the NBA at the beginning of th e 1993-1994 NBA season to pursue a career in baseball. Since his baseball game wasn't quite as g ood as his basketball games, he finally gave it up to rejoin the Bulls in 1995. Yet, after playing for f ive more years, he once again announced his retirement in 1999. But he returned for two more N BA games in XXXX as a member of the Washington Wizards.[ti:Unit 1 Part B]Listening Tasks A ConversationWhy Don't You Join Me at the Gym Sometime?Exercise 1Listen to the conversation and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.Peter: Hi Laura. Where are you heading with that big bag?Laura: Hi, Peter. I'm off to the gym. I've got to stay in shape, you know. I try to go three times a w eek, but I'm busy so I can't always make it.Peter: I know more women who work out than men. What's the main reason you work out? For y our health, or to look good?Laura: To be honest, for both. With women, good looks are always a very important consideration . Peter: If they were honest, most men who work out would admit that they also do it to look bett er, and not merely for health reasons.Laura: How about you? Do you get any regular exercise?Peter: I do a lot of walking, for exercise and enjoyment sometimes ten to twenty kilometers at a ti me but I never go to the gym like you do.Laura: Well, walking is good exercise. How about sports?Peter: Not since my school days. I used to love playing baseball, but it's impossible to get enough people together for agame now. Mostly I just watch sports on TV.Laura: I play tennis fairly regularly with my friends, and sometimes go swimming and cycling by m yself.Peter: Oh, I forgot about that. I go cycling sometimes too. And I often go swimming on vacation, b ut only recreational swimming.Laura: Why don't you join me at the gym sometime? I can get you a guest pass. Peter: Well, maybe someday, but I'm pretty lazy about things like that. Questions1. What do you know about Peter?2. Where might the two speakers be having this conversation?Speaking Tasks Pair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with yo ur partner.Conversation 1A: What's your plan for this evening?B: Well, there's a good game at the stadium but I haven't got a ticket yet.A: I'm going to the gym. Would you like to come along? I can get a guest pass for you. B: That's w onderful. I'd always wanted to work out in the new gym. Thank you very much. Conversation 2 A: Hi, Xiao Wang. Fancy meeting you here! How are you doing?B: Can't complain. I'm busy with my experiments in the lab. But after work I often play some spor ts．A: Like what?B: Like swimming, running and sometimes tennis.A: Tennis? That's my favorite game. Say, what're you doing this weekend? B: Nothing particular. I guess I'll probably just work in the lab. A: Come on. You need to relax. What about a game oftenn is? B: OK.Conversation 3A: Are you doing anything special tomorrow, Bob? B: Not really. Why do you ask?A: Some of us are going motorcycling. Would you like to join us? B: Motorcycling? I've never done that. Isn't it a bit dangerous? A: Maybe, but it's really exciting.B: I enjoy jogging. It's more relaxing.A: That's a good form of exercise. It can help you stay in shape. B: Yes, it's also safer.Now make similar conversations according to the given situations. Use the structures and express ions above in your conversations where appropriate[ti:Unit 1 Part C]Test Your ListeningYou're going to hear five short conversations. Listen carefully and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.1. W: I like playing basketball, volleyball and table tennis. What about you? M: Well, tennis is my f avorite sport. Q: What sport does the man like?2. W: You don't like boxing very much, do you? M: It's far from being my kind of sport. Q: What d oes the man mean?3. W: I think yesterday's football game was quite exciting. What about you, John?M: You said it. But it was a bit long.Q: What does the man think about the football game? 4. W: Do you like to play chess?M: I like the game, but I don't play it often enough. I'm afraid I'm not a very good chess player. Q: What does the man mean?5. M: I knew the names of all the football players and thedates of all the games in my high schooldays. But recently I have failed to keep up with football. W: Now you are busy with your golf gam es.Q: What do you know about the man from the conversation?Unit 2 Food and Drinks Part AListening StrategyListening "Between the Lines"People do not always say directly what they mean. Very often, we have to listen "between the lin es". The English language offers many ways for people to imply, rather than directly state, their m eaning. To find out what a speaker really means, we can rely on such things as the context, the m eaning of an idiom, and the intonation used. For example, if someone says "I have an essay to wri te" in answer to an invitation to go somewhere, we can infer from the context that he cannot acc ept the invitation. And if someone says "Andrew passed with flying colors" in reply to an inquiry a bout how Andrew did on a test, we can infer from the meaning of the idiom "to pass with flying c olors" that Andrew did very well on the test. Often, intonation also helps to reveal the real meani ng of a message. For example, "He is very clever" said with an ironic tone means just the opposite . You are going to hear eight short conversations between two speakers.Listen carefully and write down "Yes" or "No" to each of the following questions. 1. M: Have you e ver been to that big restaurant opposite the school gate? W: Yes, many times.Whenever my friends come to visit me, I'll take them there to eat. 2. W: Is there something wron g, sir?M: My wife and I have been kept waiting for nearly an hour for our meal. 3. W: Where is the cake I made this morning?M: We ate it, mom. Can you make another one for us?4. W: I hear you like chicken very much.M: Next to beef.5. M: Have you tried this wine before?W: No, never. It's my first time, but it's really to my taste. 6. W: John, do you want a soda? M: Sod a? I think it tastes like medicine. 7. W: Why, the fish is left almost untouched. M: Well, it would be good if it were less salty. 8. M: Hi, Sue, would you like to eat out tonight?W: Oh, I'd really like to, but my sister may come to visit me this evening..[ti:Unit 2 Part B] Listening Tasks A ConversationWhat About Dining Out?Exercise 1Listen to the conversation and complete the following sentences. Peter: Hi, Kate.Kate: Hi, Peter. How have you been? Peter: Oh, OK, I guess. And you?Kate: Not too bad. We haven't seen each other for a while, have we?Peter: No, we haven't. So that makes me ask. Do you have any plan for this Saturday? Kate: No, n ot yet, I don't think so. Why?Peter: What do you think about getting together and going out to dinner this weekend? Kate: Tha t would be great. Do you have any particular place in mind?Peter: Well, I think I'd like to eat something that's not too heavy. I've been eating a little too much lately.Kate: Me too.Peter: I love Italian food, but maybe we should skip that this time. They always seem to serve somuch food in Italian restaurants, and you end up eating more than you wanted to.Kate: Chinese food would be good.Peter: Yes, or maybe some Japanese sushi. That style uses a lot of natural flavors, and not much oi l or cream or heavy sauces.Kate: Yes, either of those choices would be good. Let's just meet on Saturday night, and decide th en where to eat.Peter: That's fine by me.Speaking Tasks Pair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with yo ur partner.Conversation 1(At the school canteen) A: What a crowd!B: This is the worst time. The morning classes are just over. Everybody is hungry and rushes here t o have lunch.A: That's true. I'm starving and I can't wait. I'd rather not stand in a long line. B: Why don't we hav e some fried noodles?A: Noodles are sold at No. 2 Box. No queue there, you see. B: That's great. (At No. 2 Box) Counter hand: What can I get you? A: One plate of fried noodles, please. B: Make it two. Counter hand: OK. Two plates of fried noodles. Anything else? A: How much is the tomato soup? Counter hand: It's free. It goes with the noodles. A: I see. (to B) Do you want any soup? B: Yes. A: (to counter hand) Two bowls of soup, please. Conversation 2(At a fast food restaurant)Counter hand: What can I do for you?Customer: I'll have one order of chicken nuggets and a chicken sandwich. Counter hand: Anything to drink? Customer: A small Sprite. No ice, please. Counter hand: Okay. For here or to go? Custo mer: For here. Conversation 3(At a Chinese restaurant)Waiter: Are you ready to order?A: Do you have any recommendations?Waiter: Yes. The Sichuan style crispy whole fish is very good. It's today's special.A: Mary, would you like to try that? I hear it's very good.B: Why not? And I'd like shrimp in black bean sauce, too. It's my favorite. Waiter: Okay. Anything else?A: What about some vegetables, Mary? B: Yes. How about spinach? A: Spinach is fine with me. W aiter: Anything to drink?A: Yes. I'd like one Bud Light, please. What'll you have, Mary? B: Orange juice, please. Waiter: One Bud Light and one orange juice. Is that right? A: Right.Now make similar conversations according to the given situations. Use the structures and express ions above in your conversations where appropriate[ti:Unit 2 Part C]Test Your ListeningListen to the conversation and choose the right answers to the questions you hear. A: Well, here we are, not too crowded.B: Great! Let's order quickly so we can chat a little. A: OK. What are you in the mood for?B: Something light. I had a huge breakfast and I'm still full. A: There are three salads. Or you could have soup and a sandwich. B: What are you having? A hamburger, I suppose.A: No, actually I ate out last night. We had pizza at Pizza Hut, then a late snack at Kentucky Fried C hicken.B: Oh, dear. Well, maybe you should have a salad.A: Yes, I think so. Look, the daily special is spaghetti. That sounds good. B: Oh, the prices are great too. I'll have that as well.A: Now let's decide on drinks.B: I'll just have coffee and a glass of iced water. A: Italian food needs red wine, you know. B: But w e have to go back to work. A: OK, a Coke for me then.B: Here comes the waitress. Let me order first. Questions1. What is the relationship between the two speakers?2. Where does the conversation take place ?3. What will they order?Unit 3 Weather Part AListening StrategyListening for Important DetailsBesides understanding the main idea of a listening text, we often find it necessary to grasp the im portant details as well. What counts as important details depends on the kind of information we want. Generally speaking, if we are listening to the narration of an event, we need to sharpen our ears not only for what happened, but also when and where, how and why it happened. In listeni ng to a weather report, on the other hand, the important details we should watch out for are the current weather conditions, temperature, and weather outlook. You're going to hear two short pa ssages about weather. While listening, pay attention to such details as the weather conditions, te mperature, weather outlook, damage caused by bad weather and so on, and write them down in note form.Then complete the exercises in your book.1. The weather today: a fine day is in store nearly everywhere, with the best of the sunshine in so uthern and central areas of Britain. A pleasant day, then, with long sunny periods developing. Th ere will be light winds with a maximum temperature of 18 degrees Celsius, 64 degrees Fahrenheit . Look at the outlook forthe next few days: it will become mostly cloudy with heavy showers mov ing in from the west.2. A storm in Changchun, capital of Northeast China's Jilin Province, claimed four lives on Sunday. The storm lasted about three hours from around 8 p.m. The winds reached speeds of over a hund red miles an hour, causing serious damage and a widespread power failure.[ti:Unit 3 Part B] Listening Tasks A ConversationDid You Hear the Forecast?Exercise 1Listen to the conversation and choose the right answers to the questions you hear. Alan: Oh, look at the sky, Michelle! It's starting to get cloudy.Michelle: I see it. I hope it doesn't rain. I thought it was going to be a fine day today.Alan: That's certainly what the department was hoping for when they chose today as the date for the annual picnic.Michelle: You can't have a picnic without good weather. You need sunshine for all the eating and games and entertainment.Alan: Yeah, sunshine — but not too much! Do you remember last year?。
全新版大学英语(第二版)听说教程2听力原文
[al:全新版大学英语（第二版）听说教程2]Unit 1 SportsPart A]Listening StrategyIdentifying NumbersNumbers appear very often in every kind of listening material. The ability to catch the exact numbers spoken in English is an important but difficult skill for a Chinese learner. A good way is to practice over and over again the pronunciation of the numbers, particularly the different ways to say thirteen and thirty, fourteen and forty, etc. It also helps to practice writing down the numbers you hear quickly in numerical forms, without translating them into Chinese. You're going to hear a passage about Michael Jordan, a retired American professional basketball player.Listen carefully and fill in the blanks with the missing numbers.Michael Jordan is the greatest basketball player of all time. He was born on Feb.17, 1963, in Brooklyn, New York. He is 1.98 meters tall and weighs 216 pounds. Jordan joined the Chicago Bulls team for the 1984 season. In the 1986 season he shot 3041 points, the third highest score ever. He was named NBA Slam Dunk Champion(扣篮冠军)in 1987 and won the Most Valuable Player Award in 1988, an honor repeated four times in the next ten years to 1998. Jordan guided his team to win six NBA championships during the 1990s, scoring 45 points during the sixth and last game of the 1998 NBA finals. In 1999, he was named the greatest North American athlete of the 20th century. Jordan left the NBA at the beginning of the 1993-1994 NBA season to pursue a career in baseball. Since his baseball game wasn't quite as good as his basketball games, he finally gave it up to rejoin the Bulls in 1995. Yet, after playing for five more years, he once again announced his retirement in 1999. But he returned for two more NBA games in 2001 as a member of the Washington Wizards.[ti:Unit 1 Part B]Listening TasksA ConversationWhy Don't You Join Me at the Gym Sometime?Exercise 1Listen to the conversation and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.Peter: Hi Laura. Where are you heading with that big bag?Laura: Hi, Peter. I'm off to the gym. I've got to stay in shape, you know. I try to go three times a week, but I'm busy so I can't always make it.Peter: I know more women who work out than men. What's the main reason you work out? For your health, or to look good?Laura: To be honest, for both. With women, good looks are always a very important consideration. Peter: If they were honest, most men who work out would admit that they also do it to look better, and not merely for health reasons.Laura: How about you? Do you get any regular exercise?Peter: I do a lot of walking, for exercise and enjoyment sometimes ten to twenty kilometers at a time but I never go to the gym like you do.Laura: Well, walking is good exercise. How about sports?Peter: Not since my school days. I used to love playing baseball, but it's impossible to get enough people together for a game now. Mostly I just watch sports on TV.Laura: I play tennis fairly regularly with my friends, and sometimes go swimming and cycling by myself.Peter: Oh, I forgot about that. I go cycling sometimes too. And I often go swimming on vacation, but only recreational swimming.Laura: Why don't you join me at the gym sometime? I can get you a guest pass.Peter: Well, maybe someday, but I'm pretty lazy about things like that.Questions1. What do you know about Peter?2. Where might the two speakers be having this conversation?Speaking TasksPair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with your partner.Conversation 1A: What's your plan for this evening?B: Well, there's a good game at the stadium but I haven't got a ticket yet.A: I'm going to the gym. Would you like to come along? I can get a guest pass for you.B: That's wonderful. I'd always wanted to work out in the new gym. Thank you very much. Conversation 2A: Hi, Xiao Wang. Fancy meeting you here! How are you doing?B: Can't complain. I'm busy with my experiments in the lab. But after work I often play some sports．A: Like what?B: Like swimming, running and sometimes tennis.A: Tennis? That's my favorite game. Say, what're you doing this weekend?B: Nothing particular. I guess I'll probably just work in the lab.A: Come on. You need to relax. What about a game of tennis?B: OK.Conversation 3A: Are you doing anything special tomorrow, Bob?B: Not really. Why do you ask?A: Some of us are going motorcycling. Would you like to join us?B: Motorcycling? I've never done that. Isn't it a bit dangerous?A: Maybe, but it's really exciting.B: I enjoy jogging. It's more relaxing.A: That's a good form of exercise. It can help you stay in shape.B: Yes, it's also safer.Now make similar conversations according to the given situations. Use the structures and expressions above in your conversations where appropriate[ti:Unit 1 Part C]Test Your ListeningYou're going to hear five short conversations. Listen carefully and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.1. W: I like playing basketball, volleyball and table tennis. What about you?M: Well, tennis is my favorite sport.Q: What sport does the man like?2. W: You don't like boxing very much, do you?M: It's far from being my kind of sport.Q: What does the man mean?3. W: I think yesterday's football game was quite exciting.What about you, John?M: You said it. But it was a bit long.Q: What does the man think about the football game?4. W: Do you like to play chess?M: I like the game, but I don't play it often enough. I'm afraid I'm not a very good chess player. Q: What does the man mean?5. M: I knew the names of all the football players and the dates of all the games in my high school days. But recently I have failed to keep up with football.W: Now you are busy with your golf games.Q: What do you know about the man from the conversation?Unit 2 Food and DrinksPart AListening StrategyListening "Between the Lines"People do not always say directly what they mean. Very often, we have to listen "between the lines". The English language offers many ways for people to imply, rather than directly state, their meaning. To find out what a speaker really means, we can rely on such things as the context, the meaning of an idiom, and the intonation used. For example, if someone says "I have an essay to write" in answer to an invitation to go somewhere, we can infer from the context that he cannot accept the invitation. And if someone says "Andrew passed with flying colors" in reply to an inquiry about how Andrew did on a test, we can infer from the meaning of the idiom "to pass with flying colors" that Andrew did very well on the test. Often, intonation also helps to reveal the real meaning of a message. For example, "He is very clever" said with an ironic tone means just the opposite. You are going to hear eight short conversations between two speakers.Listen carefully and write down "Yes" or "No" to each of the following questions.1. M: Have you ever been to that big restaurant opposite the school gate?W: Yes, many times.Whenever my friends come to visit me, I'll take them there to eat.2. W: Is there something wrong, sir?M: My wife and I have been kept waiting for nearly an hour for our meal.3. W: Where is the cake I made this morning?M: We ate it, mom. Can you make another one for us?4. W: I hear you like chicken very much.M: Next to beef.5. M: Have you tried this wine before?W: No, never. It's my first time, but it's really to my taste.6. W: John, do you want a soda?M: Soda? I think it tastes like medicine.7. W: Why, the fish is left almost untouched.M: Well, it would be good if it were less salty.8. M: Hi, Sue, would you like to eat out tonight?W: Oh, I'd really like to, but my sister may come to visit me this evening..[ti:Unit 2 Part B]Listening TasksA ConversationWhat About Dining Out?Exercise 1Listen to the conversation and complete the following sentences.Peter: Hi, Kate.Kate: Hi, Peter. How have you been?Peter: Oh, OK, I guess. And you?Kate: Not too bad. We haven't seen each other for a while, have we?Peter: No, we haven't. So that makes me ask. Do you have any plan for this Saturday?Kate: No, not yet, I don't think so. Why?Peter: What do you think about getting together and going out to dinner this weekend?Kate: That would be great. Do you have any particular place in mind?Peter: Well, I think I'd like to eat something that's not too heavy. I've been eating a little too much lately.Kate: Me too.Peter: I love Italian food, but maybe we should skip that this time. They always seem to serve so much food in Italian restaurants, and you end up eating more than you wanted to.Kate: Chinese food would be good.Peter: Yes, or maybe some Japanese sushi. That style uses a lot of natural flavors, and not much oil or cream or heavy sauces.Kate: Yes, either of those choices would be good. Let's just meet on Saturday night, and decide then where to eat.Peter: That's fine by me.Speaking TasksPair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with your partner.Conversation 1(At the school canteen)A: What a crowd!B: This is the worst time. The morning classes are just over. Everybody is hungry and rushes here to have lunch.A: That's true. I'm starving and I can't wait. I'd rather not stand in a long line.B: Why don't we have some fried noodles?A: Noodles are sold at No. 2 Box. No queue there, you see.B: That's great.(At No. 2 Box)Counter hand: What can I get you?A: One plate of fried noodles, please.B: Make it two.Counter hand: OK. Two plates of fried noodles. Anything else?A: How much is the tomato soup?Counter hand: It's free. It goes with the noodles.A: I see. (to B) Do you want any soup?B: Yes.A: (to counter hand) Two bowls of soup, please.Conversation 2(At a fast food restaurant)Counter hand: What can I do for you?Customer: I'll have one order of chicken nuggets and a chicken sandwich.Counter hand: Anything to drink?Customer: A small Sprite. No ice, please.Counter hand: Okay. For here or to go?Customer: For here.Conversation 3(At a Chinese restaurant)Waiter: Are you ready to order?A: Do you have any recommendations?Waiter: Yes. The Sichuan style crispy whole fish is very good.It's today's special.A: Mary, would you like to try that? I hear it's very good.B: Why not? And I'd like shrimp in black bean sauce, too. It's my favorite.Waiter: Okay. Anything else?A: What about some vegetables, Mary?B: Yes. How about spinach?A: Spinach is fine with me.Waiter: Anything to drink?A: Yes. I'd like one Bud Light, please. What'll you have, Mary?B: Orange juice, please.Waiter: One Bud Light and one orange juice. Is that right?A: Right.Now make similar conversations according to the given situations. Use the structures and expressions above in your conversations where appropriate[ti:Unit 2 Part C]Test Your ListeningListen to the conversation and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.A: Well, here we are, not too crowded.B: Great! Let's order quickly so we can chat a little.A: OK. What are you in the mood for?B: Something light. I had a huge breakfast and I'm still full.A: There are three salads. Or you could have soup and a sandwich.B: What are you having? A hamburger, I suppose.A: No, actually I ate out last night. We had pizza at Pizza Hut, then a late snack at Kentucky Fried Chicken.B: Oh, dear. Well, maybe you should have a salad.A: Yes, I think so. Look, the daily special is spaghetti. That sounds good.B: Oh, the prices are great too. I'll have that as well.A: Now let's decide on drinks.B: I'll just have coffee and a glass of iced water.A: Italian food needs red wine, you know.B: But we have to go back to work.A: OK, a Coke for me then.B: Here comes the waitress. Let me order first.Questions1. What is the relationship between the two speakers?2. Where does the conversation take place?3. What will they order?Unit 3 WeatherPart AListening StrategyListening for Important DetailsBesides understanding the main idea of a listening text, we often find it necessary to grasp the important details as well. What counts as important details depends on the kind of information we want. Generally speaking, if we are listening to the narration of an event, we need to sharpen our ears not only for what happened, but also when and where, how and why it happened. In listening to a weather report, on the other hand, the important details we should watch out for are the current weather conditions, temperature, and weather outlook. You're going to hear two short passages about weather. While listening, pay attention to such details as the weather conditions, temperature, weather outlook, damage caused by bad weather and so on, and write them down in note form.Then complete the exercises in your book.1. The weather today: a fine day is in store nearly everywhere, with the best of the sunshine in southern and central areas of Britain. A pleasant day, then, with long sunny periods developing. There will be light winds with a maximum temperature of 18 degrees Celsius, 64 degrees Fahrenheit. Look at the outlook for the next few days: it will become mostly cloudy with heavy showers moving in from the west.2. A storm in Changchun, capital of Northeast China's Jilin Province, claimed four lives on Sunday. The storm lasted about three hours from around 8 p.m. The winds reached speeds of over a hundred miles an hour, causing serious damage and a widespread power failure.[ti:Unit 3 Part B]Listening TasksA ConversationDid You Hear the Forecast?Exercise 1Listen to the conversation and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.Alan: Oh, look at the sky, Michelle! It's starting to get cloudy.Michelle: I see it. I hope it doesn't rain. I thought it was going to be a fine day today.Alan: That's certainly what the department was hoping for when they chose today as the date for the annual picnic.Michelle: You can't have a picnic without good weather. You need sunshine for all the eating and games and entertainment.Alan: Yeah, sunshine — but not too much! Do you remember last year?Michelle: I sure do. It was so hot all we did was look for shade, look for ways to escape from the sun.Alan: And no one wanted to participate in any of the planned activities. All we wanted was cold drinks. And then we dozed off.Michelle: If there had just been the tiniest breeze to cool us off.Alan: But there wasn't. Just that burning sun, without a cloud in the sky, and the temperature just seemed to climb higher and higher.Michelle: Well, we don't have that problem this year, apparently.Alan, did you hear the weather forecast? Is it supposed to rain?Alan: I don't know. I didn't catch the weather report. But maybe if it rains, it will only be a short shower which cools things off a little. That might not be bad.Questions1. What are Alan and Michelle mainly doing?2. What do you know about Alan?3. What can you infer from the conversation?Speaking TasksListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with your partner.Conversation 1A: What lovely weather we're having! Nice and cool.B: Yeah, I really like this kind of weather.A: What's the temperature today？B: The high is 26 and the low is 20. The weather forecast says the good weather is likely to last, too.A: I hope so.Conversation 2A: It seems to be clearing up. All the dark clouds are gone and the sun is coming out.B: Yes. Let's just hope it stays this way. I hate rainy days.A: I think it will continue to be fine for the next few days. Anyhow, that's what the weatherman says.B: That's great. Let's go for a walk, shall we？A: All right.Conversation 3A: It's hot and humid, isn't it? I can hardly breathe.B: Yeah. I feel suffocating too.A: Are summers always this hot here? It's almost like in the desert.B: Yes, especially in July and August.A: Well, what did the weatherman say?B: He said another heat wave is on the way.A: Oh no! I hope not.B: How about going out to the beach to cool off？A: Good idea. Maybe it's the only place for this sort of weather.Now make similar conversations according to the given situations. Use the structures and expressions above in your conversations where appropriate..[ti:Unit 3 Part CTest Your ListeningYou're going to hear five short conversations. Listen carefully and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.1. W: It's been freezing for the last few days.M: Yes. And the forecast says there will be more snow next week, accompanied by strong winds. Q: What will the weather be like next week?2. M: We haven't had such a severe winter for a long time, have we?W: No, and the forecast says it's going to get worse before it warms up.Q: What can we learn from the conversation?3. W: What if it rains hard? What are we going to do?M: I think it will clear up soon. But if it keeps raining, the whole thing will have to be cancelled. Q: What can we learn from the conversation?4. M: How was the weather when you left New York?W: It was very much like the weather in Beijing. You don't have to take a lot of clothes.Q: What can we learn from the conversation?5. W: If it is this hot tomorrow, we may have to give up the idea of playing tennis in the afternoon. M: The weather forecast says it will cloud over by noon.Q: What does the man mean?Unit 4 MusicPart AListening StrategyListening for Signal WordsThe ability to identify signal words can help us follow the thread of the speaker's thought. People often use signal words or phrases like "but", "therefore" and "as a result" to add a comment that contrasts with what has just been said or to signal what they are about to say is the result or cause of their previous remarks. Similarly, words and phrases like "for example", "most importantly", "first", "second", "finally" and "then" usually signal that the speaker is going to provide an illustration or emphasize a certain point or discuss several aspects of a certain topic. So we should pay attention to signal words in listening as they will prepare us for what is going to be said. You're going to hear four short passages.Listen carefully and write down the signal word(s) in each passage. Then choose a, b, c or d to indicate the function of the signal word(s) used in each of the passages.1. Most people like music. In fact, we are surrounded by it. It's on the radio and television and can be heard in stores and restaurants. However, not everyone likes the same kind of music.2. The manager of the music shop was called Brian Epstein. Because so many people had asked for a record by the Sun, Epstein decided to go and listen to the group himself.3. Firstly I would like to talk about classical music and its representative composers, then I will move on to jazz music, and finally I will focus on pop music in the last century.4. We listen to exciting music and our hearts beat faster, our blood pressure rises, and our blood flows more quickly. In short, we're stimulated.[ti:Unit 4 Part B]Listening TasksA PassageBackground MusicExercise 1Listen to the passage. As you listen, read the signal words in your book and put a tick () in the brackets after the ones you have heard.Background music may seem harmless, but it can have a powerful effect on those who hear it. Recorded background music first found its way into factories, shops and restaurants in the USA. Very soon it spread to other parts of the world. Now it is becoming difficult to go shopping or eat a meal without listening to music. To begin with, background music was intended simply to create a soothing atmosphere. Recently, however, it's becoming a big business. An American marketing expert has shown that music can boost sales or increase factory production by as much as a third. But it has to be the light music. Lively music has no effect at all on sales. Slow music can increase receipts by 34%. This is probably because shoppers slow down and have more opportunity to spot items they would like to buy. Yet, slow music isn't always the answer. The expert found that in restaurants slow music meant customers took longer to eat their meals, which reduced overall sales. So restaurant owners might be well advised to play faster music to keep the customers moving — unless, of course,the resulting indigestion leads to complaints.Questions1. Where was recorded background music first used?2. What was the original purpose of background music?3. What kind of music can have a powerful effect on customers in shops?4. Why doesn't the same kind of music work in restaurants according to the passage?Speaking TasksPair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with your partner.Conversation 1A: Do you like English songs?B: I'm crazy about them.A: What's your favorite song?B: It's hard to say. There are so many beautiful songs.A: Who's your favorite singer then?B: Sarah Brightman, undoubtedly. I do admire her, you know. I love all her songs.A: I like her, too, but not that much.Conversation 2A: Do you care for opera?B: Yes, I do, very much.A: Which do you like better, opera or musical?B: Opera.A: Do you just listen to it or go to performances?B: I prefer going to a performance. It has everything, color and spectacle and great music.A: Why don't we go and see Aida together? It's being performed at the Grand Theater.B: I've seen it already. It's excellent.A: Oh, lucky you!Conversation 3A: Do you enjoy listening to music?B: Yes, very much. I enjoy listening to music more than any other pastime.A: What's your favorite music?B: It depends. When I am in a good mood, I'd prefer something exciting, with a fast rhythm. But if I feel low, I can only listen to something soft and quiet.A: Mm, me too.Now make similar conversations. Use the structures and expressions above where appropriate. Your conversations should include the following points.[ti:Unit 4 Part C]Test Your ListeningListen to the passage three times and supply the missing information.Celine Dion is the youngest of 14 children in a working-class family in Quebec, Canada. Her parents, who both loved music, encouraged her to develop her musical talent. At 12, Celine had composed the song "It Was Only a Dream". Her mother and brother helped her to make a recording of that song and sent it off to an address they found on an album of a popular French singer. The address was that of Rene Angelil, who became her first conquest, but there would be millions more. Celine's rise from a teenage singer to a pop superstar has been steady, but not without difficulties. Record companies were at first less enthusiastic about investing in a teenager than Angelil, who mortgaged his own home to pay for her first album. But her first two albums won a great success. And by 1983 she became the first Canadian ever to have a gold record inFrance. In 1990, Celine made her first English language record with Unison but her real breakthrough in America came when she was selected by Disney to sing the theme song of Beauty and the Beast. The song went to No.1 on the chart and won both a Grammy and an Academy award. In 1996 she performed at the opening ceremony of the 1996 Atlanta Olympic Games and in 1997 she recorded the theme song for Titanic, and her name became synonymous with the enormously successful film. Celine Dion's favorite theme is love. She sings the depth and the power of love in a great many of her hits such as "Love Can Move Mountains", "Because You Loved Me", "The Power of Love" and, of course, the theme song of Titanic, "My Heart Will Go On".Unit 5 HealthPart AListening StrategyIdentifying the Relationship Between the Speakers in a Conversation Identifying the relationship between the speakers in a conversation is an important skill in listening comprehension. Although sometimes the conversation itself does not contain words that say exactly what the relationship is, we can rely on contextual clues to find it out. Such clues include the degree of intimacy (e.g., how intimately the speakers address each other, what endearments are used), the degree of politeness (strangers tend to be more polite towards each other than friends or family members), and the particular situation (at a doctor's consulting room, at a shop, etc.).Listen to the following conversations and choose the right answers to the questions that follow the conversations.1. M: What's the trouble?W: I feel dizzy and my whole body aches.M: How long have you been sick?W: Two or three days now.M: How's your appetite?W: I've got no appetite. The sight of food simply turns my stomach. What's wrong with me?M: You seem to be generally run-down.Q: What is the mnost probable relationship between the two speakers?2. W: What's the matter, Jack? You look pale.M: Oh, I feel terrible.W: Why? What's the matter?M: I have a splitting headache and a sore throat.W: Why didn't you tell me?M: I thought they might go away, but I feel worse this morning. I'm aching all over.W: Hmm. You feel warm, too. You must have got a fever. There's a pretty bad flu going around, you know.Q: What's the most probable relationship between the two speakers?[ti:Unit 5 Part B]Listening TasksA ConversationGoing to See the DoctorExercise 1Listen to the conversation and choose the right answers to complete the statements.D: So what's your trouble?P: Well, doctor, I haven't been feeling well lately. My biggest problem is that I'm having trouble sleeping.D: Have you tried any of the sleeping medications available?P: I've tried one or two, but they don't seem to help.D: How long have you had this problem?P: Three or four months — it's been rather a long time now.D: Are you suffering from an unusual level of stress in your life lately?P: Not more than usual. My biggest worry is the fact I can't sleep.D: Well, some people don't need as much sleep as others.P: But I feel tired all day, so it is a problem for me.D: Have you been experiencing any other symptoms?P: I've also had a lot of indigestion lately.D: Well, you are a little overweight, aren't you?P: Yes. And I've gained about seven kilograms this past year.D: You really should try to lose at least that extra weight. Do you get much exercise?P: No, not very much.D: Physical activity is very important.P: So what do you recommend, doctor?D: I will give you some medications for your insomnia and your indigestion. But I also recommend that you begin a regular exercise program.P: But I have neither the time nor the money to go to a gym.D: You don't need to go to a gym. A simple walking program would be very beneficial for you.I think you'll find that diet and exercise will be very helpful in taking care of your recent complaints.Speaking TasksPair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with your partner.Conversation 1D: What's wrong with you?P: I have a burning stomachache. And I feel like vomiting, too.D: How long has it been like this?P: Since yesterday.D: What did you eat yesterday? Did you eat seafood?P: Yes. I had some crabs at lunch and then I just felt terrible.D: Yours seems to be a minor case of food poisoning.P: What do you think I should do, doctor?D: I'll give you some medications for your stomachache and indigestion. And don't eat any seafood for the next week or so.。
大学英语听力原文及答案
大学英语听力原文及答案【篇一：全新版大学英语(第二版)听说教程2听力原文】 class=txt>unit 1 sportspart a]listening strategyidentifying numbersnumbers appear very often in every kind of listening material. the ability to catch the exact numbers spoken in english is an important but difficult skill for a chinese learner. a good way isto practice over and over again the pronunciation of the numbers, particularly the different ways to say thirteen and thirty, fourteen and forty, etc. it also helps to practice writing down the numbers you hear quickly in numerical forms,without translating them into chinese. youre going to hear a passage about michael jordan, a retired american professional basketball player.listen carefully and fill in the blanks with the missing numbers. michael jordan is the greatest basketball player of all time. he was born on feb.17, 1963, in brooklyn, new york. he is 1.98 meters tall and weighs 216 pounds. jordan joined the chicago bulls team for the 1984 season. in the 1986 season he shot3041 points, the third highest score ever. he was named nba slam dunk champion(扣篮冠军)in 1987 and won the most valuable player award in 1988, an honor repeated four times in the next ten years to 1998. jordan guided his team to win sixnba championships during the 1990s, scoring 45 points during the sixth and last game of the 1998 nba finals. in 1999, he was named the greatest north american athlete of the 20th century. jordan left the nba at the beginning of the 1993-1994 nbaseason to pursue a career in baseball. since his baseball game wasnt quite as good as his basketball games, he finally gave it up to rejoin the bulls in 1995. yet, after playing for five more years, he once again announced his retirement in 1999. but he returned for two more nba games in 2001 as a member of the washington wizards.[ti:unit 1 part b]listening tasksa conversationwhy dont you join me at the gym sometime?exercise 1listen to the conversation and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.peter: hi laura. where are you heading with that big bag?laura: hi, peter. im off to the gym. ive got to stay in shape, you know. i try to go three times a week, but im busy so i cant always make it.peter: i know more women who work out than men. whats the main reason you work out? for your health, or to look good?laura: to be honest, for both. with women, good looks are always a very important consideration. peter: if they were honest, most men who work out would admit that they also do it to look better, and not merely for health reasons.laura: how about you? do you get any regular exercise?peter: i do a lot of walking, for exercise and enjoyment sometimes ten to twenty kilometers at a time but i never go to the gym like you do.laura: well, walking is good exercise. how about sports?laura: i play tennis fairly regularly with my friends, and sometimes go swimming and cycling by myself.peter: oh, i forgot about that. i go cycling sometimes too. and i often go swimming on vacation, but only recreational swimming.laura: why dont you join me at the gym sometime? i can get you a guest pass.peter: well, maybe someday, but im pretty lazy about things like that.questions1. what do you know about peter?2. where might the two speakers be having this conversation? speaking taskspair worklisten to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. then role-play them with your partner.conversation 1a: whats your plan for this evening?b: well, theres a good game at the stadium but i havent got a ticket yet.a: im going to the gym. would you like to come along? i can get a guest pass for you. b: thats wonderful. id always wanted to work out in the new gym. thank you very much. conversation 2a: hi, xiao wang. fancy meeting you here! how are you doing? b: cant complain. im busy with my experiments in the lab. but after work i often play some sports．a: like what?b: like swimming, running and sometimes tennis.a: tennis? thats my favorite game. say, whatre you doing this weekend?b: nothing particular. i guess ill probably just work in the lab. a: come on. you need to relax. what about a game of tennis? b: ok.conversation 3a: are you doing anything special tomorrow, bob?b: not really. why do you ask?a: some of us are going motorcycling. would you like to join us?b: motorcycling? ive never done that. isnt it a bit dangerous? a: maybe, but its really exciting.b: i enjoy jogging. its more relaxing.a: thats a good form of exercise. it can help you stay in shape. b: yes, its also safer.now make similar conversations according to the given situations. use the structures and expressions above in your conversations where appropriate[ti:unit 1 part c]test your listeningyoure going to hear five short conversations. listen carefully and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.1. w: i like playing basketball, volleyball and table tennis. what about you?m: well, tennis is my favorite sport.q: what sport does the man like?2. w: you dont like boxing very much, do you?m: its far from being my kind of sport.q: what does the man mean?3. w: i think yesterdays football game was quite exciting.what about you, john?m: you said it. but it was a bit long.q: what does the man think about the football game?4. w: do you like to play chess?m: i like the game, but i dont play it often enough. im afraid im not a very good chess player. q: what does the man mean?5. m: i knew the names of all the football players and the dates of all the games in my high school days. but recently i have failed to keep up with football.w: now you are busy with your golf games.q: what do you know about the man from the conversation?unit 2 food and drinkspart alistening strategylistening between the linespeople do not always say directly what they mean. very often, we have to listen between the lines. the english languageoffers many ways for people to imply, rather than directly state, their meaning. to find out what a speaker really means, we can rely on such things as the context, the meaning of an idiom, and the intonation used. for example, if someone says i havean essay to write in answer to an invitation to go somewhere, we can infer from the context that he cannot accept the invitation. and if someone says andrew passed with flying colors in reply to an inquiry about how andrew did on a test,we can infer from the meaning of the idiom to pass with flying colors that andrew did very well on the test. often, intonation also helps to reveal the real meaning of a message. for example, he is very clever said with an ironic tone means just the opposite. you are going to hear eight short conversations between two speakers.listen carefully and write down yes or no to each of the following questions.1. m: have you ever been to that big restaurant opposite the school gate?w: yes, many times.whenever my friends come to visit me, ill take them there to eat.2. w: is there something wrong, sir?m: my wife and i have been kept waiting for nearly an hour for our meal.3. w: where is the cake i made this morning?m: we ate it, mom. can you make another one for us?4. w: i hear you like chicken very much.m: next to beef.5. m: have you tried this wine before?w: no, never. its my first time, but its really to my taste.6. w: john, do you want a soda?m: soda? i think it tastes like medicine.7. w: why, the fish is left almost untouched.m: well, it would be good if it were less salty.8. m: hi, sue, would you like to eat out tonight?w: oh, id really like to, but my sister may come to visit me this evening..[ti:unit 2 part b]listening tasksa conversationwhat about dining out?exercise 1listen to the conversation and complete the following sentences.peter: hi, kate.kate: hi, peter. how have you been?peter: oh, ok, i guess. and you?kate: not too bad. we havent seen each other for a while, have we?peter: no, we havent. so that makes me ask. do you have any plan for this saturday?kate: no, not yet, i dont think so. why?peter: what do you think about getting together and going out to dinner this weekend? kate: that would be great. do you have any particular place in mind?peter: well, i think id like to eat something thats not too heavy. ive been eating a little too much lately.kate: me too.peter: i love italian food, but maybe we should skip that this time. they always seem to serve so much food in italian restaurants, and you end up eating more than you wanted to. kate: chinese food would be good.peter: yes, or maybe some japanese sushi. that style uses a lot of natural flavors, and not much oil or cream or heavy sauces.kate: yes, either of those choices would be good. lets just meet on saturday night, and decide then where to eat.peter: thats fine by me.speaking taskspair worklisten to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. then role-play them with your partner.conversation 1(at the school canteen)a: what a crowd!b: this is the worst time. the morning classes are just over. everybody is hungry and rushes here to have lunch.a: thats true. im starving and i cant wait. id rather not stand in a long line.b: why dont we have some fried noodles?a: noodles are sold at no. 2 box. no queue there, you see.b: thats great.(at no. 2 box)counter hand: what can i get you?a: one plate of fried noodles, please.b: make it two.counter hand: ok. two plates of fried noodles. anything else? a: how much is the tomato soup?counter hand: its free. it goes with the noodles.a: i see. (to b) do you want any soup?b: yes.a: (to counter hand) two bowls of soup, please.conversation 2(at a fast food restaurant)counter hand: what can i do for you?customer: ill have one order of chicken nuggets and a chicken sandwich.counter hand: anything to drink?customer: a small sprite. no ice, please.counter hand: okay. for here or to go?customer: for here.conversation 3(at a chinese restaurant)waiter: are you ready to order?a: do you have any recommendations?waiter: yes. the sichuan style crispy whole fish is very good.its todays special.a: mary, would you like to try that? i hear its very good.b: why not? and id like shrimp in black bean sauce, too. its my favorite.waiter: okay. anything else?a: what about some vegetables, mary?b: yes. how about spinach?a: spinach is fine with me.waiter: anything to drink?a: yes. id like one bud light, please. whatll you have, mary?b: orange juice, please.waiter: one bud light and one orange juice. is that right?a: right.now make similar conversations according to the given situations. use the structures and expressions above in your conversations where appropriate【篇二：现代大学英语听力1原文及答案】k 1【答案】a.1) susan hudson and intercultural communication2) the class will meet in the room they are in now and on tuesday and thursday from 3:15 to4:50.3) they can purchase the textbook at the bookstore the day after tomorrow.4) the office hours are from 1:00 to 2:00 on wednesdays.b.1) the first half, the research lab, thursday, 405, the last two months2) outline, performance, quizzes, project, participation【原文】okay, okay, let‘s begin. hello, everyone. my name‘s susan hudson and i‘ll be your teacherfor this class, intercultural communication.uh, to begin with, please take a look at the syllabus(教学大纲）in front of you. as you allshould know by now, this class meets on tuesdays from 3:15 to 4:50. we will be meeting in thisroom for the first half of the course, but we will be using the research lab every other week onthursday in room 405 during the last two months of the class. uh, this is the text for the class, beyond language. unfortunately, the books haven‘t come inyet, but i was told that you should be able to purchase（购买）them at the bookstore the day aftertomorrow. again, as you see on your course outline, grading is determined by your performanceon a midterm and final test, periodic（周期的、定期的）quizzes（问答比赛）, uh, a researchproject, and classroom participation（参加、参与）.my office hours are from 1:00 to 2:00 on wednesdays, and you can set up an appointment tomeet with me at other times as well.task 2【答案】a.1) according to the syllabus, the book he is looking for is in the library, but he couldn‘t find it.2) that means the student cannot find the book on the shelves in its usual place. she/he needs togo to a special room called the reserve room.3) the professor wants everyone in the class to read the chapter. if one student removes the bookfrom the library, it is likely that none of the other students will have the opportunity to read it. so,your professor has insured that all students have the opportunity to read it by placing it on reserve.b.1) f, 2) t, 3) f【原文】librarian: can i help you?student: yes. i am a bit confused. my sociology class is supposed to read a chapter（章、回） ina book called sociology and the modern age. according to the syllabus, the book is inthe library, but i haven‘t been able to find it.librarian: do you have your syllabus with you? may i see it?student: yes, uh...i put it in the front of my sociology notebook. yes, here it is.librarian: let me see. oh yes. your professor has placed this book on reserve. that means youcannot find it on the shelves in its usual place. you need to go to a special room calledthe reserve room. it‘s down the hall and t o the right.student: i‘m sorry —i still don‘t understand what you mean by on reserve.librarian: you see, your professor wants everyone in the class to read the chapter. if one studentremoves the book from the library, it is likely that none of the other students will havethe opportunity to read it. so, your professor has insured that all students have theopportunity to read it by placing it on reserve.student: so, will i be able to find this book?librarian: yes, when a book is on reserve, a student can go to the reserve room and ask the reservelibrarian for the book. the student can have the book for a few hours, and he or shemust read it in the library during that time. that way, the book stays in the library,and all students have a chance to read it.student: ok. thank you. i understand now.librarian: will there be anything else?student: no! i am on my way to the reserve room. thanks again! task 3【答案】a.1) c, 2) cb.undergraduate, five, two, graduate, fifteen, two, 50, overdue, 15, cannot8:00 am, 10:00 pm, 9:00 am, 8:30 pm, sundays【原文】hello and welcome to the university library. this taped tour will introduce you to our libraryfacilities（设备） and operating（操作的、运营的） hours.first of all, the library‘s collection of books, reference（参考、参考书，涉及提及） materials,and other resources are found on levels one to four of this building. level one houses ourhumanities and map collections. on level two, you will find our circulation（循环） desk, current（现在的、最近的、流行的）periodicals and journals, and our copy facilities. our science andengineering sections（部分、节、部门） can be found on level three. you can also find back issuesof periodicals and journals older than six months on this level. finally, group study rooms, ourmicrofilm（缩微胶卷）collection, and the multimedia（多媒体、多媒体的） center are locatedon level four.undergraduate students can check out up to five books fortwo weeks. graduate students cancheck out fifteen books for two months. books can berenewed up to two times. there is a50-cents-a-day late fee for overdue books up to a maximum of $15. periodicals and referencebooks cannot be checked out.the library is open weekdays, 8:00 am to 10:00 pm, and on saturdays from 9:00 am to 8:30pm. the library is closed on sundays.task 4【答案】a.b. 1) because now they have someone from the international center coming to speak to the studentson extracurricular activities.2) they want to show students around the university, including the union building, the library andthe student services building.c.1) up to their ears, hard pressed2) jot, grab, off3) finding a needle in a haystack4) bottom line, running【原文】randall: hi faith. do you have a minute?faith: sure. what‘s up?randall: well, i just wanted to go over the schedule for wednesday‘s orientation（方向、定位）meeting to make sure everything is ready.faith: okay. here‘s a cop y of the tentative（试验性的、不确定的）schedule. [okay.] now, theregistration starts at 8:30 and goes until 9:15. [all right.] then, the orientation meetingwill commence at 9:30.randall: okay. now, we had planned originally for the meetingto go until 10:30, but now wehave someone from the international center coming to speakto the students onextracurricular（学校课程以外的） activities, so how about ending the meeting around11?faith: fine. and, uh, then students will take the placement tests from 11:15 until noon [ok.],followed by 20-minute break before lunch. [ok.] and, immediately after lunch, we havereserved a campus shuttle to give students a 45-minute tour starting at 1:30. [oh. ok.]we want to show students around the university, including the union building, the library,and the student services building.randall: great. now, how about the oral interviews?faith: well, we‘re planning to start them at 2:15.randall: uh, well, teachers are going to be up to their ears in preparations, and they‘ll be hardpressed to start then.faith: ok, let‘s get things rolling around 2:45.randall: ok, here, let me jot that down. uh, could you grab apen off my desk?faith: right. finding anything on your desk is like finding a needle in a haystack. [oh, it‘s notthat bad.] here, use mine.randall: ok. and we‘ll need 150 copies of this program guide by then.faith: hey. that‘s a tall order on such short notice! how about lending me a hand to put thingstogether [ok.] by this afternoon so we don‘t have to worry about them?randall: ok. and i think the manager has given the green light to go ahead and use the moreexpensive paper and binding for the guides this time.faith: ok. so the interviews will go from 2:45 until, let‘s say, 4:30. [ok.] i hope we can wrapthings up by 5.randall: great. i think the bottom line is to keep things running smoothly throughout the day.faith: i agree. i‘ll pass this schedule by th e director for a final look.task 5【答案】1) the student wants to have some information about the courses at swan school.2) each course lasts for three weeks.3) it‘s about 23 hours a week. usually four and a half days each week.4) the first course begins on the 3rd of july and lasts until the 20th of july and the second courseis from the 24th of july until the 10th of august.5) each course costs ￡150 plus vat, which is 15 percent, anda ￡5 registration fee.6) for each course the deposit is ￡20.7) a lady arranges the accommodation for the students with oxford families.8) they can choose to have bed and breakfast only which is ￡20 a week, or bed, breakfast anddinner which is about ￡27 a week.【原文】receptionist: good morning. can i help you?student: yes, please. i would want to have some information about the…erm…thecourses at swan school.receptionist: is that a summer course you‘re interested in?student: yes. yes, please.receptionist: yes. fine. ok. well, we have…erm…short intensive full-time courses duringthe summer.student: mm-mm. i would want to know the length of one course.receptionist: yes. each course lasts for three weeks.student: how many hours per week, please?receptionist: well, it‘s about 23 hours a week. usually four and a half days each week.student: you must have a lot of students in the class, haven‘t you?receptionist: we have a lot of students in the school but in the classes only about between 12and 14 students.student: 12 and 14. could you please give me the dates of the first and the second course?receptionist: yes, certainly. the first course begins on the 3rd of july and lasts until the 20thof july and the second course is from the 24th of july until the 10th of august.student: what about the fees per course?receptionist: yes, each…each course costs ￡150 plus vat, which is 15 percent, and a ￡5registration（登记、注册） fee.student: and deposit, please?receptionist: yes. for each course we need a deposit（储蓄、存款、保证金） of ￡20 and the ￡5registration fee.student: oh thank you. do we have to find our…our own accommodation?receptionist: no, we can do that for you. we have a lady who arranges the accommodationfor you with oxford families.student: how much does it cost?receptionist: well, you can choose to have bed and break fast only which is ￡20 a week, or bed,breakfast and dinner which is about ￡27 a week.student: ￡27. thank you very much.receptionist: you‘re welcome.task 6【答案】a.1) f, 2) t, 3) fb.1) most universities will not accept students without this test. it is also used to decide how much financial aid should be given to each student.2) they must score between 1,430 and 1600.3) american universities also look at a student‘s subject grades, what they do outside of school, and theirteachers‘ recommendations.4) the sat ii is the one-hour exam that can be taken in any subject, for example chemistry or french.【原文】every year, high school juniors and seniors from across the us take the scholastic aptitude test (sat 1).the sat 1 is a three-hour exam that tests students‘ math and verbal（语言的、口头的） skills. most universities will not accept students without this test. it is also used to help decide how much financial aid should be given to each student.scores range from 200 to 800 for each part. there is a total of 1,600 points. the test is held every year from october to june. but seniors must take it before december in order to include their scores in their university applications. the average total score for an american high school student is around 1,000.a poor sat score can prevent a student from going to a good university. students who want to go to one of ameri ca‘s best universities, such as harvard or yale, must score between1,430 and 1,600.the test can be taken over and over again, but all the scores will appear on the students‘ records. however, unlike chinese universities, the score is not the only thing needed. americanuniversities also look at a student‘s subject grades, what they do outside of school, and their teachers‘ recommendations.in addition to the sat 1, some universities require high school students to take at least three sat iis. these one-hour exams can be taken in any subject, for example chemistry or french.task 7【答案】a.1) a, 2) c, 3) d, 4)cb.1) many students attend special preparation schools besides their regular classes, in order to pass the exam for the best universities such as the national university of tokyo.【篇三：上外版大学英语听说第三册听力原文及答案】ass=txt>part aexercise 11. m: i’d like to book a double room with bath for four nights. w: sorry, sir. we’re full up. can i recommend the park hotel to you? it is quite near here.q: what does the woman suggest that the man do?2. m: i’d like to see mr. jones this afternoon, please.w: i’m sorry but mr. jones will be busy the whole afternoon. can you manage at 10:30 tomorrow morning?q: what does the woman say to the man?3. w: can i book two tickets for the show “42nd street” on sunday night, oct. 31st?m: sorry, madam. all the tickets on that night are sold out. but tickets are available for nov.3rd.q: when can the woman see the show?4. m: i’d like to reserve two ticket s on flight 6051 to edinburgh, for october 20th.w: sorry, sir. we’re booked up on the 20th .but we still have a few seats available on the 21st.q: when does the man want to leave for edinburgh?5. w: garden restaurant. may i help you?m: can you make arrangements for a table for six at eight this evening? in a quiet corner, please.q: what does the man want to do?keys: 1-5 a c d a dexercise 2w: hello. dazhong taxi company.m: hello. can i book a taxi to the west lake hotel, hangzhou? w: sure. what time?m: 9 o’clock tomorrow morning.w: your address, please?m: room 1008, peace hotel.w: and your name?m: jack smith.w: ok, mr smith.m: thank you.w: not at all.keys:part bconversation 1i’d like to make a reservationoperator: glory inn, atlanta.paul: hi, this is paul lambert. i’m the manager of the band country boys. you know, the rock band fromchicago. i want …operator: please hold, mr. lambert. i’m putting your through to the reservation manager.paul: but …manager: mr. lambert? this is laurie perry, the hotel manager. paul: oh, yeah? well, i need five rooms for friday night. that’s the 15th. i want the best room in the hotel. manager: sorry, i’m afraid i cannot accept your reservation.paul: now look, we always stay at the glory inn…manager: i know that, last time you were here, we had a number of complaints from other guests.paul: you mean they don’t like long-haired rock musicians manager: that’s not the problem, sir. the band used bad language in the coffee shop, and threw two tv sets into thepool.paul: yeah, yeah. well, i’11 tell them to be more careful this time.manager: i’m afraid that’s not all, sir. you haven’t paid th e account for the last time yet。
听说教程2全新版大学英语
全新版大学英语（第二版）听说教程2听力[ti:Unit 1 Part A][00:00.00]Unit 1 Sports[00:03.42]Part A[00:05.64]Listening Strategy[00:08.02]Identifying Numbers[00:10.77]Numbers appear very often in every kind of listening material.[00:15.98]The ability to catch the exact numbers spoken in English[00:20.97]is an important but difficult skill for a Chinese learner.[00:25.66]A good way is to practice over and over again[00:30.22]the pronunciation of the numbers,[00:33.12]particularly the different ways to say[00:36.00]thirteen and thirty, fourteen and forty, etc.[00:42.24]It also helps to practice writing down the numbers you hear[00:46.78]quickly in numerical forms,[00:49.19]without translating them into Chinese.[00:52.08]You're going to hear a passage about Michael Jordan,[00:57.20]a retired American professional basketball player.[01:00.52]Listen carefully and fill in the blanks with the missing numbers. [01:05.14]Michael Jordan is the greatest basketball player of all time.[01:10.29]He was born on Feb.17, 1963, in Brooklyn, New York.[01:16.95]He is 1.98 meters tall and weighs 216 pounds.[01:23.89]Jordan joined the Chicago Bulls team for the 1984 season.[01:30.29]In the 1986 season he shot 3041 points, the third highest score ever. [01:39.08]He was named NBA Slam Dunk Champion(扣篮冠军)in 1987[01:45.36]and won the Most Valuable Player Award in 1988,[01:49.56]an honor repeated four times in the next ten years to 1998.[01:55.96]Jordan guided his team to win six NBA championships during the 1990s, [02:02.59]scoring 45 points during the sixth and last game of the 1998 NBA finals. [02:10.02]In 1999,[02:12.44]he was named the greatest North American athlete of the 20th century. [02:17.27]Jordan left the NBA at the beginning of the 1993-1994 NBA season [02:24.08]to pursue a career in baseball.[02:26.54]Since his baseball game wasn't quite as good as his basketball games, [02:31.47]he finally gave it up to rejoin the Bulls in 1995.[02:36.12]Yet, after playing for five more years,[02:40.55]he once again announced his retirement in 1999.[02:44.09]But he returned for two more NBA games in 2001[02:48.73]as a member of the Washington Wizards.。
大学体验英语视听说教程2听力原文（unit1-10）
大学体验英语视听说教程2听力原文（unit1-10）由木叶整理，第二部分缺少unit 18Unit 1:Hello, my name is Elizabeth.B:Hi,'m Jason.:This is my friend T aka.B:Hey,'s it going:I'd like to introduce our new director,Andrea Williams.B:It's a pleasure to meet you,:Have you met JaneB:Oh, yeah, we have met. How are you:I'd like you to meet Sheila Howard.B:It's nice to meet you.:Dad,this is my roommate,Lee.B:Good to meet you.1. Businessman: Good afternoon, Ms. Watson. This is Jim Bauman from HyundaiWatson: It's a pleasure to meet you,Mr. Bauman.Mr. Bauman: Good to meet you, Ms. Watson: Mom, I'd like you to meet John Lee. He's a classmate of mine.Mr. Lee: Pleased to meet you, Mrs. Gray.Ms. Gray: Oh, please call me Norma.: Kiri, have you met my good friends JamesKiri: Oh, yeah, we've met.James: We haveKiri: Yeah, at the New Year's party!James: Oh, right. How are you: Hello, my name is Kathy! I'll be your server tonight.Customer: Hi, Kathy. What are the specialsAlice:Look,there he is.Jean:WhoAlice:Robert,the guy I've been talling you about.Jean:Oh. The guy you're going out withAlice:I wish. The guy I WANT to go out with.Jean:Oh, he's really handsome. Um, let's go talk to him.Alice:Oh, OK. I'll introduce you. I really like him ... Hi, Robert.Robert:Oh, hi.Alice:Have you met my friend, JeanRobert:Hey, Jean. I think we've met before.Jean:We have WhereRobert:Last December, at Sam's party.Jean:Oh, Sam.Robert:Oh Aren't you going out with him anymoreJean:No, we broke up a couple of months ago.Robert:Oh... Oh. reallvUnit 2 How can I reach youVocabulary TaskAnswers:1. Country Code__ 1(USA), 64 (New Zealand)2. Area Code__613 (Kingstion, Ontario), 212 (New York)3. E-mail4. Web Address__5. Zip (Postal) Code__K7L 3J1 (Canada), NN40SN (England), 95973 (USA)Script1. The country code for the USA is 1. It’s 64 for New Zealand.2. So if I want to call a number in Kingston, Ontario, I have to dial 613 before the phone number, and for New York 212.3. Send me an e-mail. My address is4. You can get information on the company’s website at5. I’ve lived in three countries. My zip code in England was NN4 0SN, in the USA 95973, and in Canada it was K7L 3J1.Listening Task1 First ListeningAnswers1. postal code2. phone number3. e-mail address4. web address2 Second ListeningAnswers1. 655-5670 3.2. 2 4. Script1. A: Say, I can’t read this number at the end of your address. Is it your phone numberB: No, that’s my postal code. It’s 655-5670.2. A: [talking on the phone] Okay, I’ll call and get tickets to the concert. Oh, do you have the number of the ticket agent 555-3421 Okay, great. I’ll call. Oh, wait a second. What’s the area code 213, I got it!3. A: Barb’s on vacation but I need to get in touch with her.B: Oh, well, she can get e-mail even when she’s at the beach. Send it to barb@your4. A: I need to get in touch with Hewlett Packard. I’m having problems with this printer. Don’t they have a website B: Yeah, I think it’s Real World Listenin g1 PredictAnswerDad asks: Did I call the right number Do you have a place yetWhat’s your e-mail addressf1 Get the main ideasAnswers1. A Japanese woman.2. At a school in Japan.3. yes, she does.4. Yes, he is Because she hasn’t contacted him since s he went to Japan.5. Yes, she is.ScriptWoman: Moshi-moshi. Gengo sentaa…Father: Hello…Hello…Veronica…Veron…Ve-ro-ni-ca Smith…Is Veronica Smith there, PleaseWoman: Ah, Ah…Veronica-sensei…Veronica-sensei Ah, wait a moment, please…Father: [muttering to h imself] Wait a moment What’s going onVeronica: Hello.Father: Hello, Veronica. Is that youVeronica: Yes, Dad. It’s me.Father: Where is this place Somebody was speaking Japanese to me. I mean, did I call the right numberVeronica: Dad, you called the sch ool number. And you’re lucky I’m here now. Dad, I told you. Don’t call the school number. RememberFather: Yes, but you didn’t give me your home phone number. Why didn’t you call me.Veronica: I just got here a few days ago… okay, let me give it to you. Are you readyFather: Uh, ready. Ready. Okay.Veronica: Okay. It’s 798-55-4123.Father: 798-55-4123.Veronica: Oh, oh, wait. Dial the country code. And that’s 81…and then…and then the number.Father: Why is the number so longVeronica: Because it is, Dad.Father: Do you have a place yetVeronica: Yeah. Let me give you the address. Are you ready Father: Um…yeah. Okay. What is itVeronica: It’s one dash one dash one fifty-five… Uegahara B356.Father: Uh, w-wh-wait. Wait, One…one what Why is it so long Veronic a: Dad, I’ve got to go. I’ll send it to you by e-mail. Bye. [kiss sound]Father: But, what’s your e-mail addressUnit 3 Don’t you wish we could live hereVocabulary TaskAnswers/script1. –I don’t like the place I live now. It’s too isolated. (negative)2. + I have a big balcony with a great view. I love it! (positive)3. –I don’t like my parents’ house. It’s so old-fashioned. (negative)4. + Her new place is really wonderful —it’s so roomy. (positive)5. + He thinks it’s important to feel comfort-able in a home. (positive)6. + I think it’s great to live in a modern building, don’t you (positive)7. –This apartment is too cramped; it’s too small for ourfamily. (negative)8. + Amy has a beautiful spacious loft for her art studio. She’s really happy ther e. (positive)9. + Bill and Sherry have a nice, cozy little apartment in the city. They call it their love nest. (positive)Listening Task1 First ListeningAnswers1. a small house2. a cozy apartment3. a modern house4. something old2 Second ListeningAnswers1. warm and cozy in the winter2. a great view3. modern house, easy to keep clean4. roomy, lots of spaceScript1. I want a small house, something that’ll be warm and cozy in the winter. My big old house is spacious, but it’s too hard to keep warm.2. I’m looking for a small, cozy apartment, but with a great view. I want to look at the mountains, not another apartment building.3. After living in an ld house all my life, I’m ready for a modern house, one that’s easy to keep clean. It should have a ll wood floors, no carpets.4. We’re looking for something old but roomy. Since we have three kids, they need lots of space to move around.Real World Listening1 PredictAnswerIt’s spacious, it has modern furniture, it has a view2 Get the main ideasAnswers1. It’s spacious and modern.2. It has a view of the ocean.3. It makes her feel elegant and relaxed.4. It’s phony, uncomfortable, and he feels like he’s in a museum.ScriptDiane: Isn’t this place fantasticJohn: Well, I don’t know…I mean, it’s o kay.Diane: It’s so big. So spacious. So much room. I feel so…free here.John: It must be cold in the winter. Our place is so cozy and warm.Diane: Oh, John! And the view! Look at the view of the ocean from this window!I feel so relaxed.John: Oh, god. It makes me seasick. Our place is so much more down to earth.Diane: Look at this furniture. It’s so modern. I feel so elegant here.John: You do I feel like I’m in a museum. It’s so phony, so uncomfortable. Are you supposed to sit in these chairs Diane: Oh, John, don’t you wish we could live in a place like thisJohn: What’s wrong with our placeUnit 4 It means a lot to meVocabulary TaskAnswers/script1. b Henna tattoos – For fun2. d Leather ring – Grandmother gave it to me3. a Rakari bracelet – To protect me4. f Silk scarf – Makes me look good5. g Digital watch – Reminds me of appointments.6. c Crystal necklace – Friends said it has special powers7. e Silver pin – Has a lot of sentimental valueListening Task1 First ListeningAnswers1. a rakari – a cloth bracelet2. a crystal necklace3. a diamond ring4. a gold earring2 Second ListeningAnswers1. a. to protect him2. b. she likes the way it looks3. a. it has sentimental value4. b. it makes him look goodScript1. Mark: Hey, Steve, whatcha got on your wrist thereSteve: Oh, it’s something my sister gave me.Mark: Uh, a braceletSteve: Sort of. It’s a “rakari,” a special piece of cloth Indian women give their brothers every August.Mark: What’s it forSteve: To protect me.Mark: Cool. I guess you’re safe for another year.2. Andrea: Oh, Shelly, what’s that on your necklaceShelly: It’s a quartz crystal.Andrea: Oh, do you believe in crystalsShelly: Not really, but my boyfriend does, and he gave me this.Andrea: What’s it supposed to doShelly: He said it’s supposed to make our love last forever. And I like the way it looks.3. Claire: That’s an interesting ring, Bridget. Where’d you get itBridget: Oh, I got this with money from my grandmotherClaire: Yeah Is it a real diamondBridget: Mm-hmm. It’s small, but it has a lot of sentimental value.Claire: ‘Cause it reminds you of your grandmaBridget: Of course.4. Lisa: Oh, Scott. Is that an earringScott: It’s a gold earring. I got it in Thailand.Lisa: Is it something specialScott: No, I just think it makes me look good!Real World Listening1 PredictAnswerIt protects her from illness.2 Get the main ideasAnswersThe necklace is made of silver. The witch doctor told her to wear it. Her grandmother gave it to her. When she took thenecklace off, she got sick. When she put it back on, she got better.ScriptJean: I’m ready, are you Why don’t you take that necklace off before you go in the poolChandra: Oh, this No, I never take it off. I wear it all the time. I’ve had it since I was a kid.Jean: Rea lly You’ve worn it since you were little WhyChandra: Well, when I was a baby, I lived in India. And I was sick all the time, so my parents took me to a doctor. And well, the doctor at first didn’t want to treat me because —Jean: What WhyChandra: Well, because I was a girl.Jean: Huh Because you were a girlChandra: Yeah, well, that’s the way it was. Anyway, so my parents took me to this witch doctor, and I…Jean: A witch doctorChandra: Yeah, well, I guess you could call her a … I don’t know, a spiritual healer. She was an old woman in our village. And she took a look at me and she said I needed silver.Jean: SilverChandra: Yeah. She said I needed silver so that I could get better. And then my grandmother went to a jeweler and she had this silver necklace made for me. They put it on me, and I got better.Jean: I don’t believe that.Chandra: Well, I didn’t either for a while. But you know what When I was 20 I took it off and I put it in a drawer for a little while. And then, I started to get sick again. An d I didn’t get better. I was just sick all the time. And then I remembered the necklace, and I put it on. And after that, I was fine.Jean: Wow.Unit 5 It changed my lifeVocabulary TaskAnswers/script1. Japan/Japanese2. Canada/French/English3. Panama/Spanish4. Brazil/Portuguese5. Thailand/Thai6. India/Hindi7. South Africa/ Afrikaans8. Morocco/ Arabic9. Germany/ German10. Norway/NorwegianScript1. Helen is going to Japan to study Japanese.2. Pam is from Canada. She speaks French and English.3. Linda’s family lives in Panama. They speak Spanish.4. Andrea is from brazil. She speaks Portuguese.5. Vira moved here from Thailand. He speaks Thai.6. Sita’s grandmother came from India 50 years ago. She speaks Hindi.7. Jean is South African. She speaks Afrikaans.8. Ali is from Morocco. He speaks Arabic.9. Hans lives in Germany. He speaks German.10. Lars is from Norway. He speaks Norwegian.Listening Task1 First ListeningAnswers1. French 3. Spanish2. Japanese 4. Russian2 Second ListeningAnswers1. His relatives are French. He wants to travel to France.2. He’s interested in business. There are business opportunities in Japan.3. No other language was offered. Her friends speak Spanish.4. It’s a challenge. It’s the hardest language she c an think of.Script1. A: What language are you studyingB: French.A: Why are you studying FrenchB: Some of my relatives are French and I’d like to go visit them in France someday.A: Don’t they speak EnglishB: Only a little. But I think it’d be fun to use my French and see if they can understand me and all. I want to work on my accent, too.2. A: So why did you choose JapaneseB: Well, I guess the main reason I’m interested in Japanese is international business. I know there are a lot of business opportunities in Japan, so I figured it was the best language for me to study.3. A: Why are you studying a foreign languageB: Um, well… I don’t know. I started Spanish cause it was the only language offered in our middle school. And then I just kept doing it. And there’re a lot of Spanish speakers where I live cause we live in Southern California and we’re close to Mexico so almost everyone speaks Spanish. My friends at school speakSpanish outside of class.4. A: What language are you studyingB: I just wanted a challenge so I thought, “Hey, I’m gonna do the hardest language I can think of.” So I chose Russian, Just to see if I could do it, I guess. And you know what It is the hardest language I can think of and it takes a lot of work. But I’m gonna keep at it…Real World Listening1 PredictAnswerIt has different tones.The writing system is different.Thai people help him learn the language.2 Get the main ideasAnswers1. F Dave lives in Thailand. He has visited Thailand and hopes to return.2. T Dave had a good experience in Thailand.3. Dave likes writing Thai. He doesn’t talk about writing.4. F Thailand is “The land of Laughs.” It’s called “The Land of Smiles.”5. F People in Thailand laugh at him when he makes a mistake. They smile.6. T Thai is easy to learn. It may be hard for some people, but it’s not hard for him.ScriptCindy: What the heck is thatDave: It’s a Thai magazine.Cindy: Thai You can read ThaiDave: Well, a little.Cindy: HowDave: I went to Thailand last summer and I lived with a Thai friend and his family. I had such a great experience I want to go back.Cindy: Why What was your experience likeDave: Well, I started to learn some Thai…and practiced talking with people and ordering in restaurants and everybody was so nice… you know, Thail and is called the Land of the Smiles…they even smiled when I made a mistake speaking the language. The people were beautiful. Everything was beautiful. It changed my life.Cindy: But I’ve always heard that Thai was impossible to learn.Dave: Maybe for some people but not for me. I mean it is totally different from English. The writing system is different, they use different tones, every- thing is different, but I really want to learn it. I want to understand more when I go back.Cindy: I wish I felt that way about learning French. Maybe I should study another language.Dave: No, Cindy, it’s not the language, you’ve just got to get into it.Unit 6 What do you like about himVocabulary TaskAnswers/script1. Steve is great! He’s sweet and he has a good sense o f humor.2. I like people who are funny, because I like to laugh. I don’t care for people who are too serious3. Sure, Jana is very honest; it’s too bad she’s also kind of selfish.4. Brad is a little odd, but I like that he’s so outgoing and talkative.5. Cindy is so cute! I just love how sensitive and shy she is.Listening Task1 First ListeningAnswers1. honest, a sense of humor2. outgoing, talkative3. a little bit odd, like to have fun4. kind of shy, sensitive2 Second ListeningAnswersThey don’t l ike people who are:1. selfish2. shy or quiet3. too serious4. loud and talk too muchScript1. Paul: Lisa, what sort of people do you like to hang out withLisa: Well, I like people who are honest and have a sense of humor. I think honesty is very important among friends. Oh, and they can’t be selfish. I don’t get along with selfish people.2. Mark: You know, I like most people, but there are certain things I look for in a friend.Francine: Yeah, like whatMark: Oh, you know, people who are out going and talkative.I love having long conversations on the phone.3. Francine: This might sound weird, Lisa, but I like people that are a little bit odd.Lisa: Why What do you enjoy about odd peopleFrancine: You know, they’re different and like to have fun doing off-the-wall stuff. They have to like having fun and not be too serious.4. Jane: Stuart, what kind of people do you likeStuart: What kind of people do I likeJane: Yes, what kind of people do you get along withStuart: Hmm. Gook question. I guess I like people who are kind of shy and sensitive. I don’t really get along with people who are loud and talk too much.Jane: Yeah, you’re kind of a sensitive person yourself.Stuart: OhReal World Listening1 PredictAnswerHe’s sensitive.2 Get the main ideasAnswers1. They went to a romantic movie.2. He cried.3. She thought he was sensitive.4. Jeremy said he cries at movies, too.ScriptSheri: Hey, I went out with the neatest guy over the weekend!Jeremy: Yeah, what’s he like Tall HandsomeSheri: Not really.Jeremy: Dress nice Drive a nice carSheri: Not especially.Jeremy: Then he must be buff. Does he work out a lotSheri: No…but he has a nice smile…dimples. I like dimples. He’s kind of cute.Jeremy: And that’s what you like about himSheri: No, it’s more than that. He’s sensitive.Jeremy: Sensitive How can you tellSheri: Well, we went to this really romantic movie, and there was this really sad part, and, and he…cried.Jeremy: He criedSheri: Yeah, he just cried and he didn’t try to hide it or anything. It was so sweet.Jeremy: Oh…you like that, huh Well, I cry at movies. Too!Unit 7 I really take after my DadVocabulary TaskAnswers1. brother’s daughter = niece2. Dad’s new wife = stepmother3. uncle and aunt’s children = cousins4. sister’s new husband = brother-in-law5. my mother’s two girls = my half-sisters6. brother’s three boys = nephews7. made her our legal child = adoptedScript1. My niece is so cute. She’s only two but she can sing 10 songs2. I get along okay with my stepmother. She’s actuall y pretty nice.3. When I was little, I used to go to camp with my cousins. They were like my brothers and sisters.4. everybody had a great time at my sister’s wedding. My brother-in-law was even dancing on the tables.5. After my mother remarried, she and Robert had two girls –my half-sisters. But we feel like one family and I call them mysisters.6. I’m not in a hurry to have kids yet. I spend a lot of time with my nephews and I know they can be a handful.7. We are so happy to have Lena. We adopted her when she was just three months old.Listening Task1 First ListeningAnswers1. The man in front of him is his father.2. Angie is his stepmother.3. Tara is his half-sister.4. Jake is Steve’s older brother.5. The woman to the right of Jake is Steve’s si ster-in-law. Cristina is Steve’s niece.2 Second ListeningAnswersTara – c. likes to read and play pianoJake –a. looks like Steve’s fatherHis mother – d. lives in CaliforniaCristina – b. Was adoptedScript1. Sylvia: When was this picture taken You look so young!Steve: Oh, that was when I was still in high school.Sylvia: Is that your mom and dadSteve: Well, yeah, that’s my dad, but that’s not my real mom. She’s my stepmother. My real mother lives in California.2. Sylvia: So, who is this next to you Is that your sisterSteve: Yeah, that’s my half-sister, Tara. She’s great. We’re a lot alike.Sylvia: In what waySteve: Well, we both like reading books, and we both like playing the piano.3. Sylvia: And who’s this next to your stepmotherSteve: That’s Jake, my older brother.Sylvia: Wow, he looks a lot like your father.Steve: Yeah, people say he looks more like my father than the rest of us.4. Sylvia: That must be Jake’s wife next to him. And your nieceSteve: Yep, that’s little Cristina.Sylvia: Wo w, she…she doesn’t really look like either of her parents, does sheSteve: No, she doesn’t. Actually she was adopted. But she does take after Jake in a lot of ways.Real World Listening1 PredictAnswerM has beautiful eyesF loves surfingF enjoys dangerous activitiesF likes snowboarding2 Get the main ideasAnswers1. Jane looks like her mother. They both have beautiful eyes.2. Jane acts like her father. They both ride motorcycles, surf and skydive.3. Jane is proud that she takes after her father.ScriptNate: Are these your parentsJane: Yeah, that’s my whole family.Nate: Oh. You look a lot like your mom…especially your eyes. Very deep, beautiful eyes.Jane: Oh, thank you…Nate: And the same figure…same shape.Jane: Uhh, hey, I don’t want to he ar that. I may look like my mom, but I really take after my dad.Nate: Really, in what wayJane: We’re both very adventurous. My dad was, like into motorcycles when he was younger…and he was in one of those. You know, motorcycle clubs.Nate: You mean, like a motorcycle gangJane: Yeah…but that was before he was married. I’ve been riding a motorcycle myself since I was 17.Nate: You No way!Jane: Yeah, I’ve always done stuff like that.Nate: Really, like what elseJane: Well, surfing, snowboarding…My dad and I even went skydiving once. We didn’t tell my mom, though. She would have killed us!Unit 8 where the heck am IVocabulary TaskAnswers/Script1. Go to the end of this hallway. It’s the last door on your left.2. Marla’s house Go down this street. Her place is across the bridge.3. Drive down Spring Street about half a mile.Turn right at University.4. Walk until you get to the river. Then go along the river until you get to the tower.5. The Hard Rock Café is very hard to find. You’d better takea taxi.Listening Task1 First ListeningAnswers1. Hotel Vancouver =32. Century Plaza=13. Hyatt Regency=44. Days Inn=8Second ListeningAnswers1. Turn left at Thurlow. Go along the park.2. You’ll see it on your right. When you get to Burrard turn right.3. It’s across Georgia on the left. Turn left at Burrard.4. It’s on the corner. Go down to West HastingsScript1. A: Excuse me, can you help me I’m looking for Hotel Vancouver.B: Sure! Go along the park until you get to Thurlow Street.A: Um-hum.B: Turn left at Thurlow. Walk until you get to Alberni Street.A: Yeah.B: Turn right on Alberni and go one block.A: Okay. so turn left at Thurlow, down to Alberni and turn rightB: Yep, and you’ll run right into it.2. A: The Century Plaza Yeah, that’s real close to here.B: Great!A: Go down Nelson Street until you get to Burrard Street.When you get to Burrard turn right. And you’ll see it on you right.B: Take Nelson to Burrard, turn right and the Century Plaza is on the leftA: No, it’s on the right .The hotel on the left is the Sheraton.B: Okay, thanks.3. A: Excurse me. I’m looking for the Hyatt Regency.B: The Hyatt Regency Yeah, okay. Go down this street and turn left at Burrard .A: go down Nelson and turn left at Burrard.B: Yeah. Then follow Burrar d until you get to Georgia. It’s across Georgia, on the left. Great, got it!4. A: What you want to do is go down here to Hornby.B: Down Nelson StreetA: Yeah. Turn left at Hornby and go all the way down till you get to West Hastings Street. It’s on the c orner of Hornby and West Hastings.B: On the right or the leftA: On the far left .It’s kind of far .You might want to take a taxi.Real World listeningPredictAnswer: she got lost.Get the main ideasAnswers1. Paula was feeling adventurous, so she went out alone.2. A Turkish man helped Paula.3. He took her to his nephew’s restaurant.4. Paula felt scared.5. Paula had the best Turkish food on her whole trip.ScriptPaula: I was in Istanbul once…Part this group tour…and I thought I’d try to find a resta urant and eat dinner alone for a change. So I walked out of the hotel by myself. I was looking around at all the restaurants and I couldn’t decide which one to go to. And this little Turkish man comes up to me and he says, “My nephew has a good e with me.” So I decided to follow him. And we went down these little streets… and back…and it was getting dark… back alleys,and I didn’t know what was going on. People were starting to stare at me. And I got really scared. And I thought, “I’d just better leave.” So I was going to run. And then suddenly we rounded the corner and there we were at the restaurant. And it ended up being the best Turkish food I had the whole time I traveled. And ever since then, I haven’t been so afraid to take chances.Unit 9 You can meet lots of important peopleVocabulary TaskAnswers1. travel2. responsibility3. flexible schedule4. prestige5. high pay6. long hours7. teamwork8. telecommutingScript1. I’m a tour guide. I get to see a lot of exotic places all over the world.I love to travel.2. I’m a teacher. I like my job because I feel that, in a way, the future of my students is in my hands. I like the responsibility.3. I like the flexible schedule of my job. I’m a flight attendant. I only have to work three days a week.4. I enjoy the prestige of my job. As a journalist, I get to meeta lot of important people.5. I’m a stockbroker. My job is stressful, but I’ll be able to retire by the time I’m 40! The thing I like most about my job is the high pay.6. I’m a nurse. I love helping people get better, but sometimes I don’t get home until late at night. My job has long hours.7. I love being a firefighter. I especially like the teamwork. My co-workers and I really count on each other during a fire.8. I’m a comput er programmer. My company allows me to work from my computer at home. I love telecommuting.Listening Task1 First ListeningAnswers1. an accessories shop2. a fast food place3. an insurance company4. a tourist hotel2 Second ListeningAnswers1. Leslie: could practice foreign languages2. Arthur: learned to work quickly3. Nima: learned to work on computers4. Anna: had many chances to skiScript1. Leslie: I worked in an accessories shop in the middle of London. I used to work on Fridays and Sundays. It was quite tiring – I was on my feet the whole time. And I had to do quite menial things, like tidy up. But I got of customers from foreign countries. They often told me about where they were from and I liked talking to them.2. Arthur: I finally got a promotion at the fast food place. I was allowed to work the cash register, which was challenging because it had many pictures. It’s for people who couldn’t read or write who wanted to work as cashiers. So when the customer said, “Can I get a two-piece with fries” you’d look for the picture with the two pieces of chicken and fries. I would see how fast I could find the picture while the customer was telling me the order. It was like a game.3. Nima: My first job was data entry at an insurance company. It wasn’t very hard. I pretty much did the same thing all day. The great thing about it was that I learned a lot about computers. Every time the computer crashed I had to figure out how to fix it. My knowledge of computers is what got me the job I have now.4. Anna: I was working in Switzerland, actually, as a maid in a tourist hotel. It was up in the mountains, so you could ski after you got off work. It was cool, since I love skiing. I made good money, and the scenery was magnificent.Real World Listening1 PredictAnswerAmy believes her ideal job is as a journalist, specifically a foreign correspondent.2 Get the main ideas。
全新版大学英语听说教程2-听力原文及答案
unit1Michael Jordan is the greatest basketballplayer of all time. He was born on Feb. 1) 17, 2)1963, in Brooklyn, New York. He is 3) 1.98meters tall and weighs 4) 216 pounds. Jordan joinedthe Chicago Bulls team for the 5) 1984season. In the 6) 1986 season he shot 7) 3041 points, the 8)third highest score ever. He was named NBASlam Dunk Champion (扣篮冠军) in 9) 1987 andwon the Most Valuable Player Award in 10)1988, an honor repeated 11) four times in the next 12)ten years to 13) 1998. Jordan guided histeam to win 14) six NBA championships during the 15)1990s, scoring 16) 45 points during the 17)sixth and last game of the 18) 1998 NBA finals. In 19)1999, he was named the greatest NorthAmerican athlete of the 20th century. Jordan left the NBA at the beginning of the1993-1994 NBA season to pursue a career inbaseball. Since his baseball game wasn’tquite as good as his basketball games, he finally gave itup to rejoin the Bulls in 1995. Yet, afterplaying for 20) five more years, he once again announcedhis retirement in 21) 1999. But he returnedfor two more NBA games in 22) 2001 as a member ofthe Washington Wizards.Part BPre-listening T askExercise 1 d bExercise 2Listen again and write down answers to thefollowing questions.1. Why is Laura so keen on sports?Because she wants to enjoy good health. Shealso wants to stay in shape and look good.2. What sports do Peter and Laura go infor?Both Peter and Laura like cycling andswimming. Laura also plays tennis regularly. Part cd c d c bunit 2Part A1. Yes2.No3.Yes4.No5.Yes6.No7.No8.NoPart BTextExercise 1:1. ...for a while2. ...plans for this Saturday3. ...dinner...weekend4. ...Italian...too much food5. ...Chinese...JapaneseExercise 2:1. It uses natural flavors, not much oil or creamor heavy sauces.2. They will have dinner on Saturday either at aChinese or a Japanese restaurant.Part CExercise: 1. B 2.C 3.DPart D (Refer to TextBook)unit 3part a1. a. General weather conditions for today:Fine and pleasant.b. Temperature:High: 18 °C (64 °F)c. Weather outlook:Mostly cloudy with heavy showers moving infrom the west.2. a. When did the storm start and how longdid it last?It started around 8 p.m. and lasted forabout three hours.b. How damaging was the storm?It caused four deaths and serious damageincluding a widespread power failure.part b1 . b a d2. Listen to the conversation again. Thenwrite down answers to the following questions.1. What happened to Alan and Michelle lastyear?They went to the department picnic buttheir fun was spoiled by the hot weather.2. Why won’t Alan worry even if it rains?Because he thinks it’ll only be a shortshower that cools things o ff a little. part ca b c d bunit 4part a1. However; a2. Because; d3. Firstly, then, finally; c4. In short; bpart bExercise 1Listen tothe passage. As you listen, read the signal words in yourbook andput a tic k (√) in the brackets after the ones you have heard.1. for instance ( )2. but (√)3. in addition ( )4. first (√)5. very soon (√)6. in consequence ( )7. despite ( ) 8. on the contrary ( )9. admittedly ( ) 10. to begin with (√)11. firstly ( ) 12. how ever (√)13. because (√) 14. on one hand ( )15. on the other hand ( ) 16. yet (√)1017. so (√) 18. hopefully ( )Exercise2 b d c apart cListen tothe passage three times and supply the missing information. Celine Dion is the youngest of 14 childrenin a working-classfamily in Quebec, Canada. Her parents, whoboth loved music, 1) encouraged her to develop her musical 2)talent. At 12, Celine had 3) composed the song “It Was Only a Dream”.Her mother and brother helped her to make a recording of that songand sent it off to an address they found on an album of a popularFrench singer. The address was that of Rene Angelil, whobecame her first 4) conquest, but there would be millions more.Celine’s rise from a teenage singer to apop superstar has been5) steady, but not without difficulties.Record companies were atfirst less 6) enthusiastic about 7)investing in a teenager than Angelil, 16who mortgaged his own home to pay for herfirst album. But her first two albums won a great success. Andby 1983 she became the first Canadian ever to have a gold recordin France.In 1990, Celine made her first Englishlanguage record withUnison but 8) her real breakthrough inAmerica came when she was selected by Disney to sing the theme songof Beauty and the Beast. The song went to No.1 on the chart and wonboth a Grammy and an Academy award. 9) In 1996 she performed atthe opening ceremony of the 1996 Atlanta Olympic Games and in1997 she recorded the theme song for Titanic, and her namebecame synonymous with the enormously successful film.Celine Dion’s favorite theme is love.10)She sings the depthand the power of love in a great many ofher hits such as “Love Can Move Mountains”, “Because You Loved Me”,“The Power of Love”and, of course, the theme song of Titanic, “My Heart Will GoOn”.unit 5part ac dpart b1. d d c d2. 1. What are the patient’s complaints?She has suffered from insomnia for severalmonths and latelyhas had a lot of indigestion.2. What did the doctor do?12He gave the patient some medicine forinsomnia and indigestion. He also advised the patient tohave a proper dietand begin a regular exercise program.part cd b b a dunit6Part A1. What is the probable relationshipbetween the speakers? They are probably business partners.2. What are they doing?One is showing the other the building whereher company has offices.3. On which floors are the offices of thecompany?2Accounting Office 2nd floorPersonnel Department 8th floorManager’s Office 9th floorSales Office 1st floorListen tothe passage and fill in the missing information.part b1. 1. What are the speakers doing?They are discussing which candidate is moresuitable for a vacant position in the company.2. What position is vacant in this company?Leader of a small group.3. What is the most important quality thisposition requires, according to Joan?Being dynamic.4. Why won’t John Jeffrey be promoted?Because he has no experience in leadership.5. Why couldn’t the company give John achance? Because he has always been a follower, nota leader.2.无part cccadcunit 7plete the following summary.A man is at a store. He wants to buy amedium-sized whiteT-shirt with a slogan on the front. He ishelped by a shop assistant in getting what he wants.part bb c d2. 1. A recent study using elementarystudents was interesting. They said that people wearing Calvin Kleindesigns were more handsome and successful than thosewearing Wranglers. Levi’s-wearers were seen as sporty,fashionable and fun！122. Clothes that look great on professionalmodels may look terrible on average buyers.3. Expensive clothes can make the wearerfeel like part of thehigh status group that sets taste andstyle. So you are buyingan image of success.4. When you dress in expensive clothes, yourmood brightens. You feel good, ready to face another daywith energy.5. Of course, a lot of people don’t likehigh fashion. They’d rather spend their money on somethingpractical. Whichwould you prefer — the image or thereality?part cVera Wang has become a 1) significantfigure in theAmerican fashion industry in a 2)relatively short period of time. She has no formal design training becauseher father wouldn’t let her go to art school and wanted her to3) concentrate on more “practical subjects”. After earning adegree in 4) liberal arts, Vera worked as an 5) editor at Vogue for 17 years and asa design director of Ralph Lauren for twoyears. In 1990 she opened her first boutique on Madison Avenuein New York, in a less expensive line of 6) ready-to-wearbridal and eveningdresses. She chose bridal wear for shewanted to build a fashion company starting with one market and then7) expand into others. She became a household name in 1994when she designed stylish costumes for figure skaterNancy Kerrigan to wear in the Winter Olympics.8) Vera Wang herself is a very good skaterand she hadOlympic dreams too. But that dream wascrushed when she did not win at the National Figure SkatingChampionships in 1968. 9) However her love for the sport never ceased.“I wanted to make an artistic contribution to thesport,” she said. 10) “I don’t know if designing costumes for Nancy hasbeen good in terms20of actual sales, but it has been tremendousfor name recognition.”unit 8part a1. Don’t expect money to buy you happiness.2. Enjoy the moment.3. Learn to like yourself.4. Self-esteem grows out of achievingrealistic goals.5. T ake occasional days of rest.6. Put on a happy face —even if you don’tfeel happy.7. Exercise.8. Get enough sleep to feel rested.9. Build close relationships.part b1.b d d b c d2. Every day, millions of Americans buylottery tickets and dream of winning the lottery. If you winone million dollars, you can receive from 25,000 to 40,000 a yearfor twenty yearsafter paying taxes. Winners spend the largeamount of money in different ways. Some use the money topursue their owninterests, some on home improvement andtravel, and others save the money for their children’s collegeeducation. Most winners quit their jobs and only a smallnumber of them still stay on their jobs. Some winners realizethat money brings security and gives them opportunities, butmoney does not mean happiness.part cc d d dunit 9parta1. bcdpart b1. cba1. What helped Larry to carry on with lifewhen his dream was dashed again and again?His belief that one day he would become amovie star.2. What job did Larry find in order tosupport himself?Parking cars for one of Hollywood’s bigrestaurants.3. Was Larry well-paid and how did hemanage tomake a living?No, his pay was only basic. But he gotgenerous tips from guests driving into the restaurant.4. What happened one day that changedLarry\'s life?Larry parked the car of a famous filmdirector and was able to introduce himself to the man.135. Larry said: “A lot of big companies areafter me.” What can be the two meanings of this statement?a. Many big film companies are interestedin me.2. b. Many big companies are pressing me to pay their bills part cb d b aunit 101.Type of disaster 1) Earthquake Time 2) Three days agoPlace 3) TurkeyNumber of people killed 4) 10,000 Number of people injured 5) 34,000 2.2Type of disaster 1) ExplosionTime 2) Early this morningPlace ShijiazhuangNumber of people killed 3) 108 Number of people injured 4) 38 Number of people severely injured5) 11Cause Unknownpart b Exercise 1Listen tothe passage and complete the following chart with the missinginformation.Type of disaster Plane crashTime 1) Three months agoPlace 2) In the middle of a jungleCause 3) A terrible stormNumber of people killed 4) All on board theplane exceptthe narratorNumber of people injured 5) One (thenarrator)Exercise 21. What happened to the plane before itcrashed?It rolled and shook in the wind.112. Did the rescue team arrive immediatelyafter the crash? Why or why not?No. It arrived nine days later because itwas raining heavily and the helicopters couldn’t fly in theheavy rain. To make thematter worse, the plane crashed in a swampin the middle of a jungle.3. Was the narrator seriously injured?Yes. She was in terrible pain and couldn’tmove.4. How did she manage to stay alive?By drinking dirty floodwater.part cc d a bunit 11part a1. What is the spea ker’s attitude towardsNapoleon? Neutral. (The speaker mainly gives afactual account of Napoleon’s life even though he holds thatNapoleon waged wars against many countries.)2. What is the speaker’s attitude towardsTom Cruise? Positive. (“World renowned actor”, “almosteveryone respects him” and “international star” show thespeaker’s attitude.)3. What is the speaker’s attitude towardsWarren Edward Buffett?Positive, respectful. (In “regarded as oneof the world’s greatest stock market investors”, thechoice of the word “great” indicates the speaker’s attitude.)part b1. abdcaAlan GreenspanFather A 1) stockbrokerMother Worked in 2) retailingBorn on 3) March 6, 1926ParentsandChildhoodGrew up in 4) New YorkIn themid-1940sStudied at a 5) music school inNew York, graduated with adegree in 6) economics fromNew York University’s School of7) CommerceIn 1949 Got a 8) master’s degree at NYU EducationIn 1977 Earned a 9) PhD from NYU After leavingColumbiaUniversityWorked for the National 10)Industrial Conference BoardIn themid-1950sOpened an 11) economicconsulting companyWorkingExperienceIn 1987 Began to work in the 12) Federal142. Governmentpart cOn June 28, 2008, amid cheers and tears52-year-old Gates said good-bye to his 1) Microsoftemployees.The following is his closing remarks duringhis 2) farewell event in Redmond:“My life’s work really is about 3) softwareand workingwith incredible people. I love working withsmart people. I love working with Steve. I love working with allthe incredible people here. Even the times that were the4) toughest, in some ways those are the ones that bond you themost — when IBM decides to attack you, or when some 5)legal ruling isn’t quiteright. And you have to do a press conferenceafterwards.“Th e work here combines two things that Ithink are just so special. One is the 6) long-term impact —the impact on the world of what we do — is incredible. We canalways go out and see things that remind us of that. Seeblind people who, using our accessibility, can browse the Internet.You know, their lives are just totally different because of that.So we can say, wow,this is so 7) impactful.“But I think the second thing, 8) which isthat theday-to-day work is fun and enjoyable, that’sactually what’s made it so easy to want to work hard, towant to always improve things, to face up to whatever it is thatneeds to be done better. 9) 22So it’s a special group of people who putso much into it.“So let me just close by saying you’ve madeit so much for me. 10) There w on’t be a day of my lifethat I’m not thinking about Microsoft, and the great things thatit’s doing, and wantingto help. So thank you for making it thecenter of my life, and so much fun. Thank you.”unit 121. The main idea of the passage:Establishing computer labs for the schools in China’s poor rural areas.2. The main idea of the passage: China iscooperating with India in training software professionals.3. The main idea of the massage: Thecomputer virus, Code Red II, is about to attack again.part b1. bbdbca2,Listenagain and complete the following sentences with the informationyou’ve got from the recording. Then number the sentencesfrom 1 to 5 to put them in the right order.4 An emergency call reached an ambulancecrew where the student lived.2 Nathen learned that the message came froma student far away who had trouble breathing and moving.5 Nathen received the student’s thanks soonafter the rescuers came to her help. She was finally safe.1 Nathen was surfing the Net for fun whenhe received an15urgent message for help.3 After learning about her home address,Nathen rang up the international operator and asked theoperator to put a call2. through to thestudent’s country.partccbbaunit 131. ( f )2. ( e )3. ( d )part b1. acdabProfessor Sabbatucci’s Noble ActTime: last SaturdayPlace: ItalyPeople: a 58-year-old maths professor and a 35-year-old unemployed fatherWhat happened: While pretending to help the professor change a tire, a thief stole a suitcas e from thelatter’s car, but in doing so he dropped his lottery ticket at the scene.It was later picked upby the professor. Next day, the professorlearned from TV thatthe ticket was a winner. To return or keepthe prize troubled the professor’s conscience but in the end hedecided to return the money to its owner. By advertising innewspapers and on radio,he found the very man, though there werehundreds of people13trying to trick him into giving them thecash. Thus 60 million lire were handed over to the ow ner. This wasquite beyond the thief’s 2. expectation. The Professor’s noble act moved him to tears. part cpart cbdbdunit 14How the Hills Family Won theCopyright to the Song “Happy Birthday to You”Time Event2In 1893 Mildred and Patty Hill, twoAmerican kindergarten teachers, composed the song “Good MorningtoAll” to greet their students every morning.Later The title of the song was known as“Good Morning to You” when it was used for children togreet their teacher.In 1924 The song appeared in a book ofmusic edited by Robert Coleman. And a second verse “HappyBirthday to You” was added to it. Thewriter of thelyrics to the second verse remainedunknown.Bymid-1930sThe song appeared repeatedly in movies, radioshows, and Broadway musicals without thepermission of the Hill family.In 1934 Jessica Hill filed a suit and wonthe copyright tothe song “Happy birthday to You” for hereldersisters. She proved in court that “HappyBirthdayto You” was actually “Good Morning to All”with different lyrics.From thenonEvery time the song was sung publicly, theHillfamily gets paid.part b1. Exercise 11. Why does drive-in grocery shoppingappeal to customers?Because customers don’t need to fight for aparking space, push a grocery cart around in the market,or stand in line at the check-out.2. Who is Dave Burnstein?He is the vice-president for the Phone-InDrive-through Market.3. What are the two proven successful ideasapplied to grocery shopping according to Mr. Burnstein?One is the success of drive-throughconvenience — which has been proven to be successful with banks andfast food; the other is the proven success of catalogshopping.4. Why have they applied the two provensuccessful ideas to grocery shopping?To help customers save time.5. What are the disadvantages of drive-ingrocery shopping? Customers can’t stop and check if the goodsthey have ordered are of good quality or not; and they haveto pay a 1.50 servicecharge on each order.14Exercise 2Drive-in Grocery ShoppingStep1You make up your grocery list from a4,000-item catalog.Step2You phone in the item numbers of the goodsyou order.Step3The computer makes a print-out of your list. Step4Workers in the market find the goods onyour list in a warehouse. Step5Three hours later, you drive up to themarket, andpunch your code into a terminal.Step6You write a check while workers load yourgroceriesinto your car.part cbccd。
全新版大学英语(第二版)听力原文
[ti:Unit 1 Part A][ar:上海外语教育出版社][by:上海外语教育出版社][00:00.00]Unit 1 Sports[00:03.42]Part A[00:05.64]Listening Strategy[00:08.02]Identifying Numbers[00:10.77]Numbers appear very often in every kind of listening material.[00:15.98]The ability to catch the exact numbers spoken in English[00:20.97]is an important but difficult skill for a Chinese learner.[00:25.66]A good way is to practice over and over again[00:30.22]the pronunciation of the numbers,[00:33.12]particularly the different ways to say[00:36.00]thirteen and thirty, fourteen and forty, etc.[00:42.24]It also helps to practice writing down the numbers you hear[00:46.78]quickly in numerical forms,[00:49.19]without translating them into Chinese.[00:52.08]You're going to hear a passage about Michael Jordan,[00:57.20]a retired American professional basketball player.[01:00.52]Listen carefully and fill in the blanks with the missing numbers. [01:05.14]Michael Jordan is the greatest basketball player of all time.[01:10.29]He was born on Feb.17, 1963, in Brooklyn, New York.[01:16.95]He is 1.98 meters tall and weighs 216 pounds.[01:23.89]Jordan joined the Chicago Bulls team for the 1984 season.[01:30.29]In the 1986 season he shot 3041 points, the third highest score ever. [01:39.08]He was named NBA Slam Dunk Champion(扣篮冠军)in 1987[01:45.36]and won the Most Valuable Player Award in 1988,[01:49.56]an honor repeated four times in the next ten years to 1998.[01:55.96]Jordan guided his team to win six NBA championships during the 1990s, [02:02.59]scoring 45 points during the sixth and last game of the 1998 NBA finals. [02:10.02]In 1999,[02:12.44]he was named the greatest North American athlete of the 20th century. [02:17.27]Jordan left the NBA at the beginning of the 1993-1994 NBA season [02:24.08]to pursue a career in baseball.[02:26.54]Since his baseball game wasn't quite as good as his basketball games, [02:31.47]he finally gave it up to rejoin the Bulls in 1995.[02:36.12]Yet, after playing for five more years,[02:40.55]he once again announced his retirement in 1999.[02:44.09]But he returned for two more NBA games in 2001[02:48.73]as a member of the Washington Wizards.[ti:Unit 1 Part B][ar:上海外语教育出版社][by:上海外语教育出版社][00:00.00]Part B[00:01.77]Listening Tasks[00:04.21]A Conversation[00:06.03]Why Don't You Join Me at the Gym Sometime?[00:10.20]Exercise 1[00:12.39]Listen to the conversation[00:15.19]and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.[00:19.12]Peter: Hi Laura. Where are you heading with that big bag?[00:24.50]Laura: Hi, Peter. I'm off to the gym.[00:27.48]I've got to stay in shape, you know.[00:29.76]I try to go three times a week, but I'm busy so I can't always make it. [00:36.14]Peter: I know more women who work out than men.[00:39.32]What's the main reason you work out?[00:41.98]For your health, or to look good?[00:45.05]Laura: To be honest, for both.[00:47.06]With women, good looks are always a very important consideration. [00:51.56]Peter: If they were honest,[00:53.48]most men who work out would admit that they also do it to look better, [00:58.07]and not merely for health reasons.[01:00.76]Laura: How about you?[01:02.01]Do you get any regular exercise?[01:04.55]Peter: I do a lot of walking,[01:06.76]for exercise and enjoyment —[01:08.90]sometimes ten to twenty kilometers at a time —[01:12.41]but I never go to the gym like you do.[01:14.95]Laura: Well, walking is good exercise. How about sports?[01:19.97]Peter: Not since my school days.[01:22.04]I used to love playing baseball,[01:24.34]but it's impossible to get enough people together for a game now. [01:28.20]Mostly I just watch sports on TV.[01:31.51]Laura: I play tennis fairly regularly with my friends,[01:35.42]and sometimes go swimming and cycling by myself.[01:38.95]Peter: Oh, I forgot about that. I go cycling sometimes too.[01:43.59]And I often go swimming on vacation, but only recreational swimming. [01:48.59]Laura: Why don't you join me at the gym sometime?[01:52.11]I can get you a guest pass.[01:54.64]Peter: Well, maybe someday, but I'm pretty lazy about things like that.[01:59.84]Questions[02:02.55]1. What do you know about Peter?[02:10.26]2. Where might the two speakers be having this conversation?[02:18.80]Exercise 2[02:20.11]Listen again and write down answers to the following questions.[02:24.60]Peter: Hi Laura. Where are you heading with that big bag?[02:28.84]Laura: Hi, Peter. I'm off to the gym.[02:31.73]I've got to stay in shape, you know.[02:33.97]I try to go three times a week, but I'm busy so I can't always make it. [02:40.40]Peter: I know more women who work out than men.[02:43.63]What's the main reason you work out? For your health, or to look good? [02:49.25]Laura: To be honest, for both. With women,[02:52.47]good looks are always a very important consideration.[02:56.05]Peter: If they were honest,[02:57.72]most men who work out would admit that they also do it to look better, [03:02.44]and not merely for health reasons.[03:05.04]Laura: How about you? Do you get any regular exercise?[03:08.89]Peter: I do a lot of walking,[03:11.19]for exercise and enjoyment —[03:13.41]sometimes ten to twenty kilometers at a time —[03:16.91]but I never go to the gym like you do.[03:19.48]Laura: Well, walking is good exercise.[03:22.40]How about sports?[03:24.43]Peter: Not since my school days.[03:26.41]I used to love playing baseball,[03:28.77]but it's impossible to get enough people together for a game now. [03:32.78]Mostly I just watch sports on TV.[03:36.18]Laura: I play tennis fairly regularly with my friends,[03:39.96]and sometimes go swimming and cycling by myself.[03:43.41]Peter: Oh, I forgot about that.[03:45.71]I go cycling sometimes too.[03:48.18]And I often go swimming on vacation, but only recreational swimming. [03:53.05]Laura: Why don't you join me at the gym sometime?[03:56.51]I can get you a guest pass.[03:59.13]Peter: Well, maybe someday, but I'm pretty lazy about things like that.[04:04.30]Speaking Tasks[04:08.05]Pair Work[04:09.76]Listen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. [04:15.17]Then role-play them with your partner.[04:18.54]Conversation 1[04:20.91]A: What's your plan for this evening?[04:23.56]B: Well, there's a good game at the stadium[04:26.66]but I haven't got a ticket yet.[04:29.10]A: I'm going to the gym.[04:30.86]Would you like to come along?[04:32.70]I can get a guest pass for you.[04:34.91]B: That's wonderful.[04:36.57]I'd always wanted to work out in the new gym.[04:39.79]Thank you very much.[04:42.39]Conversation 2[04:45.51]A: Hi, Xiao Wang. Fancy meeting you here![04:48.27]How are you doing?[04:49.63]B: Can't complain. I'm busy with my experiments in the lab. [04:54.51]But after work I often play some sports．[04:58.20]A: Like what?[04:59.21]B: Like swimming, running and sometimes tennis.[05:03.99]A: Tennis? That's my favorite game.[05:06.52]Say, what're you doing this weekend?[05:09.19]B: Nothing particular.[05:11.10]I guess I'll probably just work in the lab.[05:14.63]A: Come on. You need to relax.[05:16.99]What about a game of tennis?[05:19.85]B: OK.[05:21.09]Conversation 3[05:23.75]A: Are you doing anything special tomorrow, Bob?[05:27.30]B: Not really. Why do you ask?[05:30.35]A: Some of us are going motorcycling. Would you like to join us? [05:34.99]B: Motorcycling? I've never done that. Isn't it a bit dangerous? [05:40.30]A: Maybe, but it's really exciting.[05:43.29]B: I enjoy jogging. It's more relaxing.[05:46.78]A: That's a good form of exercise.[05:49.77]It can help you stay in shape.[05:51.77]B: Yes, it's also safer.[05:54.17]Now make similar conversations according to the given situations. [06:00.72]Use the structures and expressions above[06:04.09]in your conversations where appropriate.[al:全新版大学英语（第二版）听说教程2][ti:Unit 1 Part C][ar:上海外语教育出版社][by:上海外语教育出版社][00:00.00]Part C[00:01.75]Test Your Listening[00:03.74]You're going to hear five short conversations.[00:08.26]Listen carefully and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.[00:12.57]1. W: I like playing basketball, volleyball and table tennis.[00:20.08]What about you?[00:21.30]M: Well, tennis is my favorite sport.[00:24.52]Q: What sport does the man like?[00:33.43]2. W: You don't like boxing very much, do you?[00:37.88]M: It's far from being my kind of sport.[00:41.03]Q: What does the man mean?[00:49.59]3. W: I think yesterday's football game was quite exciting.[00:54.70]What about you, John?[00:56.64]M: You said it. But it was a bit long.[00:59.54]Q: What does the man think about the football game?[01:09.28]4. W: Do you like to play chess?[01:12.65]M: I like the game, but I don't play it often enough.[01:16.53]I'm afraid I'm not a very good chess player.[01:19.37]Q: What does the man mean?[01:28.00]5. M: I knew the names of all the football players[01:31.71]and the dates of all the games in my high school days.[01:34.87]But recently I have failed to keep up with football.[01:38.74]W: Now you are busy with your golf games.[01:42.09]Q: What do you know about the man from the conversation?[al:全新版大学英语（第二版）听说教程2][ti:Unit 2 Part A][ar:上海外语教育出版社][by:上海外语教育出版社][00:00.00]Unit 2 Food and Drinks[00:04.09]Part A[00:06.13]Listening Strategy[00:08.62]Listening "Between the Lines"[00:11.55]People do not always say directly what they mean.[00:15.80]Very often, we have to listen "between the lines".[00:20.04]The English language offers many ways for people to imply,[00:24.23]rather than directly state, their meaning.[00:27.12]To find out what a speaker really means,[00:30.01]we can rely on such things as the context, the meaning of an idiom, [00:34.08]and the intonation used.[00:36.03]For example,[00:37.15]if someone says "I have an essay to write"[00:40.55]in answer to an invitation to go somewhere,[00:43.49]we can infer from the context that he cannot accept the invitation. [00:47.43]And if someone says "Andrew passed with flying colors"[00:51.60]in reply to an inquiry about how Andrew did on a test,[00:55.41]we can infer from the meaning of the idiom[00:58.22]"to pass with flying colors" that Andrew did very well on the test. [01:02.71]Often, intonation also helps to reveal the real meaning of a message. [01:07.76]For example,[01:08.91]"He is very clever" said with an ironic tone means just the opposite. [01:14.49]You are going to hear eight short conversations between two speakers.[01:19.60]Listen carefully[01:21.18]and write down "Yes" or "No" to each of the following questions.[01:26.15]1. M: Have you ever been to that big restaurant opposite the school gate? [01:33.07]W: Yes, many times.[01:35.35]Whenever my friends come to visit me, I'll take them there to eat. [01:43.72]2. W: Is there something wrong, sir?[01:46.52]M: My wife and I have been kept waiting for nearly an hour for our meal. [01:55.46]3. W: Where is the cake I made this morning?[01:58.92]M: We ate it, mom. Can you make another one for us?[02:06.27]4. W: I hear you like chicken very much.[02:09.60]M: Next to beef.[02:15.17]5. M: Have you tried this wine before?[02:18.34]W: No, never. It's my first time, but it's really to my taste.[02:27.75]6. W: John, do you want a soda?[02:30.84]M: Soda? I think it tastes like medicine.[02:38.26]7. W: Why, the fish is left almost untouched.[02:42.56]M: Well, it would be good if it were less salty.[02:50.11]8. M: Hi, Sue, would you like to eat out tonight?[02:53.95]W: Oh, I'd really like to,[02:56.21]but my sister may come to visit me this evening.[al:全新版大学英语（第二版）听说教程2][ti:Unit 2 Part B][ar:上海外语教育出版社][by:上海外语教育出版社][00:00.00]Part B[00:01.71]Listening Tasks[00:04.03]A Conversation[00:05.60]What About Dining Out?[00:08.40]Exercise 1[00:10.93]Listen to the conversation and complete the following sentences.[00:15.52]Peter: Hi, Kate.[00:17.96]Kate: Hi, Peter. How have you been?[00:20.75]Peter: Oh, OK, I guess. And you?[00:23.09]Kate: Not too bad. We haven't seen each other for a while, have we? [00:27.45]Peter: No, we haven't. So that makes me ask.[00:30.71]Do you have any plan for this Saturday?[00:32.71]Kate: No, not yet, I don't think so. Why?[00:36.21]Peter: What do you think about[00:37.98]getting together and going out to dinner this weekend?[00:40.42]Kate: That would be great. Do you have any particular place in mind? [00:44.55]Peter: Well, I think I'd like to eat something that's not too heavy. [00:48.41]I've been eating a little too much lately.[00:50.91]Kate: Me too.[00:52.56]Peter: I love Italian food, but maybe we should skip that this time. [00:56.91]They always seem to serve so much food in Italian restaurants, [01:00.61]and you end up eating more than you wanted to.[01:03.27]Kate: Chinese food would be good.[01:05.32]Peter: Yes, or maybe some Japanese sushi.[01:08.43]That style uses a lot of natural flavors,[01:11.48]and not much oil or cream or heavy sauces.[01:14.39]Kate: Yes, either of those choices would be good.[01:17.33]Let's just meet on Saturday night, and decide then where to eat. [01:21.37]Peter: That's fine by me.[01:22.65]Exercise 2[01:25.21]Listen to the conversation again[01:27.42]and write down answers to the following questions.[01:30.88]Peter: Hi, Kate.[01:33.54]Kate: Hi, Peter. How have you been?[01:36.36]Peter: Oh, OK, I guess. And you?[01:38.58]Kate: Not too bad. We haven't seen each other for a while, have we? [01:43.09]Peter: No, we haven't. So that makes me ask.[01:46.23]Do you have any plan for this Saturday?[01:48.32]Kate: No, not yet, I don't think so. Why?[01:51.83]Peter: What do you think about[01:53.65]getting together and going out to dinner this weekend?[01:56.07]Kate: That would be great. Do you have any particular place in mind? [02:00.23]Peter: Well, I think I'd like to eat something that's not too heavy. [02:03.98]I've been eating a little too much lately.[02:06.55]Kate: Me too.[02:08.10]Peter: I love Italian food, but maybe we should skip that this time. [02:12.51]They always seem to serve so much food in Italian restaurants, [02:16.42]and you end up eating more than you wanted to.[02:18.84]Kate: Chinese food would be good.[02:20.97]Peter: Yes, or maybe some Japanese sushi.[02:23.99]That style uses a lot of natural flavors,[02:27.20]and not much oil or cream orheavy sauces.[02:29.98]Kate: Yes, either of those choices would be good.[02:33.00]Let's just meet on Saturday night, and decide then where to eat. [02:37.03]Peter: That's fine by me.[02:39.70]Speaking Tasks[02:41.59]Pair Work[02:43.75]Listen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. [02:47.87]Then role-play them with your partner.[02:50.88]Conversation 1[02:53.56](At the school canteen)[02:56.06]A: What a crowd![02:57.55]B: This is the worst time. The morning classes are just over.[03:01.76]Everybody is hungry and rushes here to have lunch.[03:04.94]A: That's true. I'm starving and I can't wait.[03:08.03]I'd rather not stand in a long line.[03:10.42]B: Why don't we have some fried noodles?[03:13.27]A: Noodles are sold at No. 2 Box. No queue there, you see.[03:17.20]B: That's great.[03:18.68](At No. 2 Box)[03:21.46]Counter hand: What can I get you?[03:23.38]A: One plate of fried noodles, please.[03:25.58]B: Make it two.[03:26.68]Counter hand: OK. Two plates of fried noodles. Anything else?[03:31.79]A: How much is the tomato soup?[03:33.93]Counter hand: It's free. It goes with the noodles.[03:36.83]A: I see. (to B) Do you want any soup?[03:39.91]B: Yes.[03:40.92]A: (to counter hand) Two bowls of soup, please.[03:46.27]Conversation 2[03:47.50](At a fast food restaurant)[03:49.68]Counter hand: What can I do for you?[03:51.47]Customer: I'll have one order of chicken nuggets and a chicken sandwich. [03:55.65]Counter hand: Anything to drink?[03:56.75]Customer: A small Sprite. No ice, please.[03:59.65]Counter hand: Okay. For here or to go?[04:02.04]Customer: For here.[04:06.34]Conversation 3[04:07.92](At a Chinese restaurant)[04:09.74]Waiter: Are you ready to order?[04:13.10]A: Do you have any recommendations?[04:15.21]Waiter: Yes. The Sichuan style crispy whole fish is very good.[04:19.23]It's today's special.[04:20.80]A: Mary, would you like to try that? I hear it's very good.[04:24.71]B: Why not? And I'd like shrimp in black bean sauce, too.[04:31.21]It's my favorite.[04:32.73]Waiter: Okay. Anything else?[04:35.22]A: What about some vegetables, Mary?[04:37.50]B: Yes. How about spinach?[04:40.88]A: Spinach is fine with me.[04:42.75]Waiter: Anything to drink?[04:44.86]A: Yes. I'd like one Bud Light, please. What'll you have, Mary?[04:49.44]B: Orange juice, please.[04:51.56]Waiter: One Bud Light and one orange juice. Is that right?[04:55.89]A: Right.[04:57.55]Now make similar conversations according to the given situations.[05:03.71]Use the structures and expressions above in your conversations where appropriate.[al:全新版大学英语（第二版）听说教程2][ti:Unit 2 Part C][ar:上海外语教育出版社][by:上海外语教育出版社][00:00.00]Part C[00:01.02]Test Your Listening[00:03.03]Listen to the conversation[00:05.84]and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.[00:09.74]A: Well, here we are, not too crowded.[00:13.27]B: Great! Let's order quickly so we can chat a little.[00:16.86]A: OK. What are you in the mood for?[00:19.40]B: Something light. I had a huge breakfast and I'm still full.[00:23.19]A: There are three salads. Or you could have soup and a sandwich.[00:27.58]B: What are you having? A hamburger, I suppose.[00:30.23]A: No, actually I ate out last night.[00:32.68]We had pizza at Pizza Hut, then a late snack at Kentucky Fried Chicken.[00:37.51]B: Oh, dear. Well, maybe you should have a salad.[00:40.63]A: Yes, I think so. Look, the daily special is spaghetti. That sounds good.[00:46.99]B: Oh, the prices are great too. I'll have that as well.[00:50.82]A: Now let's decide on drinks.[00:53.26]B: I'll just have coffee and a glass of iced water.[00:56.29]A: Italian food needs red wine, you know.[00:59.03]B: But we have to go back to work.[01:00.87]A: OK, a Coke for me then.[01:03.35]B: Here comes the waitress. Let me order first.[01:06.28]Questions[01:08.26]1. What is the relationship between the two speakers?[01:16.71]2. Where does the conversation take place?[01:24.28]3. What will they order?[al:全新版大学英语（第二版）听说教程2][ti:Unit 3 Part A][ar:上海外语教育出版社][by:上海外语教育出版社][00:00.00]Unit 3 Weather[00:04.47]Part A[00:06.22]Listening Strategy[00:08.07]Listening for Important Details[00:11.26]Besides understanding the main idea of a listening text,[00:16.08]we often find it necessary to grasp the important details as well.[00:20.90]What counts as important details depends on the kind of information we want. [00:27.03]Generally speaking, if we are listening to the narration of an event,[00:32.70]we need to sharpen our ears not only for what happened,[00:36.84]but also when and where, how and why it happened.[00:41.40]In listening to a weather report, on the other hand,[00:44.86]the important details we should watch out for[00:48.07]are the current weather conditions,[00:50.13]temperature, and weather outlook.[00:52.61]You're going to hear two short passages about weather.[00:57.82]While listening, pay attention to such details as the weather conditions, [01:04.02]temperature, weather outlook, damage caused by bad weather and so on, [01:10.38]and write them down in note form.[01:13.08]Then complete the exercises in your book.[01:16.41]1. The weather today: a fine day is in store nearly everywhere,[01:25.57]with the best of the sunshine in southern and central areas of Britain.[01:30.42]A pleasant day, then, with long sunny periods developing.[01:35.65]There will be light winds with a maximum temperature[01:38.88]of 18 degrees Celsius, 64 degrees Fahrenheit.[01:43.20]Look at the outlook for the next few days:[01:46.81]it will become mostly cloudy with heavy showers moving in from the west. [01:53.13]2. A storm in Changchun, capital of Northeast China's Jilin Province,[02:00.78]claimed four lives on Sunday.[02:02.83]The storm lasted about three hours from around 8 p.m.[02:07.86]The winds reached speeds of over a hundred miles an hour,[02:12.46]causing serious damage and a widespread power failure.[al:全新版大学英语（第二版）听说教程2][ti:Unit 3 Part B][ar:上海外语教育出版社][by:上海外语教育出版社][00:00.00]Part B[00:01.14]Listening Tasks[00:03.53]A Conversation[00:05.93]Did You Hear the Forecast?[00:09.45]Exercise 1[00:10.95]Listen to the conversation[00:12.78]and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.[00:15.70]Alan: Oh, look at the sky, Michelle! It's starting to get cloudy.[00:20.56]Michelle: I see it. I hope it doesn't rain.[00:23.46]I thought it was going to be a fine day today.[00:26.35]Alan: That's certainly what the department was hoping for[00:29.36]when they chose today as the date for the annual picnic.[00:33.21]Michelle: You can't have a picnic without good weather.[00:36.14]You need sunshine for all the eating and games and entertainment. [00:40.85]Alan: Yeah, sunshine — but not too much! Do you remember last year? [00:45.86]Michelle: I sure do. It was so hot all we did was look for shade, [00:50.67]look for ways to escape from the sun.[00:53.42]Alan: And no one wanted to participate in any of the planned activities. [00:57.78]All we wanted was cold drinks. And then we dozed off.[01:02.06]Michelle: If there had just been the tiniest breeze to cool us off. [01:06.59]Alan: But there wasn't.[01:07.91]Just that burning sun, without a cloud in the sky,[01:11.55]and the temperature just seemed to climb higher and higher.[01:15.11]Michelle: Well, we don't have that problem this year, apparently. [01:19.27]Alan, did you hear the weather forecast? Is it supposed to rain? [01:24.29]Alan: I don't know. I didn't catch the weather report.[01:27.99]But maybe if it rains,[01:29.77]it will only be a short shower which cools things off a little.[01:34.28]That might not be bad.[01:35.86]Questions[01:37.91]1. What are Alan and Michelle mainly doing?[01:46.42]2. What do you know about Alan?[01:53.20]3. What can you infer from the conversation?[02:01.13]Exercise 2[02:02.70]Listen to the conversation again.[02:05.46]Then write down answers to the following questions.[02:09.46]Alan: Oh, look at the sky, Michelle! It's starting to get cloudy.[02:14.30]Michelle: I see it. I hope it doesn't rain.[02:17.22]I thought it was going to be a fine day today.[02:20.28]Alan: That's certainly what the department was hoping for[02:23.14]when they chose today as the date for the annual picnic.[02:26.95]Michelle: You can't have a picnic without good weather.[02:29.99]You need sunshine for all the eating and games and entertainment. [02:34.69]Alan: Yeah, sunshine — but not too much! Do you remember last year? [02:39.57]Michelle: I sure do.[02:40.86]It was so hot all we did was look for shade,[02:44.45]look for ways to escape from the sun.[02:47.25]Alan: And no one wanted to participate in any of the planned activities. [02:51.56]All we wanted was cold drinks. And then we dozed off.[02:55.80]Michelle: If there had just been the tiniest breeze to cool us off. [03:00.26]Alan: But there wasn't.[03:01.70]Just that burning sun, without a cloud in the sky,[03:05.39]and the temperature just seemed to climb higher and higher.[03:08.89]Michelle: Well, we don't have that problem this year, apparently. [03:13.05]Alan, did you hear the weather forecast? Is it supposed to rain? [03:18.15]Alan: I don't know. I didn't catch the weather report.[03:21.74]But maybe if it rains,[03:23.62]it will only be a short shower which cools things off a little.[03:27.69]That might not be bad.[03:29.60]Speaking Tasks[03:34.09]Pair Work[03:35.43]Listen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. [03:40.75]Then role-play them with your partner.[03:43.60]Conversation 1[03:45.84]A: What lovely weather we're having! Nice and cool.[03:49.48]B: Yeah, I really like this kind of weather.[03:53.02]A: What's the temperature today？[03:55.32]B: The high is 26 and the low is 20.[03:58.95]The weather forecast says the good weather is likely to last, too. [04:03.91]A: I hope so.[04:07.77]Conversation 2[04:09.27]A: It seems to be clearing up.[04:12.69]All the dark clouds are gone and the sun is coming out.[04:16.82]B: Yes. Let's just hope it stays this way. I hate rainy days.[04:22.04]A: I think it will continue to be fine for the next few days.[04:26.20]Anyhow, that's what the weatherman says.[04:29.76]B: That's great. Let's go for a walk, shall we？[04:32.95]A: All right.[04:34.02]Conversation 3[04:38.32]A: It's hot and humid, isn't it? I can hardly breathe.[04:42.32]B: Yeah. I feel suffocating too.[04:45.30]A: Are summers always this hot here? It's almost like in the desert. [04:50.29]B: Yes, especially in July and August.[04:54.04]A: Well, what did the weatherman say?[04:56.80]B: He said another heat wave is on the way.[05:00.02]A: Oh no! I hope not.[05:03.32]B: How about going out to the beach to cool off？[05:08.03]A: Good idea. Maybe it's the only place for this sort of weather.[05:12.39]Now make similar conversations according to the given situations. [05:19.26]Use the structures and expressions above[05:22.19]in your conversations where appropriate.[al:全新版大学英语（第二版）听说教程2][ti:Unit 3 Part B][ar:上海外语教育出版社][by:上海外语教育出版社][00:00.00]Part C[00:02.50]Test Your Listening[00:04.63]You're going to hear five short conversations.[00:08.92]Listen carefully and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.[00:13.56]1. W: It's been freezing for the last few days.[00:20.22]M: Yes. And the forecast says there will be more snow next week, [00:24.45]accompanied by strong winds.[00:26.48]Q: What will the weather be like next week?[00:35.41]2. M: We haven't had such a severe winter for a long time, have we? [00:40.55]W: No, and the forecast says it's going to get worse before it warms up. [00:46.20]Q: What can we learn from the conversation?[00:54.39]3. W: What if it rains hard? What are we going to do?[00:59.70]M: I think it will clear up soon.[01:02.40]But if it keeps raining, the whole thing will have to be cancelled. [01:06.84]Q: What can we learn from the conversation?[01:15.35]4. M: How was the weather when you left New York?[01:19.00]W: It was very much like the weather in Beijing.[01:22.91]You don't have to take a lot of clothes.[01:25.25]Q: What can we learn from the conversation?。
全新版大学英语听说教程2听力原文test
全新版大学英语（第二版）听说教程2Unit 1 SportsPart A]Listening StrategyIdentifying NumbersNumbers appear very often in every kind of listening material. The ability to catch the exact numbers spoken in English is an important but difficult skill for a Chinese learner. A good way is to practice over and over again the pronunciation of the numbers, particularly the different ways to say thirteen and thirty, fourteen and forty, etc. It also helps to practice writing down the numbers you hear quickly in numerical forms, without translating them into Chinese. You're going to hear a passage about Michael Jordan, a retired American professional basketball player.Listen carefully and fill in the blanks with the missing numbers.Michael Jordan is the greatest basketball player of all time. He was born on Feb.17, 1963, in Brooklyn, New York. He is 1.98 meters tall and weighs 216 pounds. Jordan joined the Chicago Bulls team for the 1984 season. In the 1986 season he shot 3041 points, the third highest score ever. He was named NBA Slam Dunk Champion(扣篮冠军)in 1987 and won the Most Valuable Player Award in 1988, an honor repeated four times in the next ten years to 1998. Jordan guided his team to win six NBA championships during the 1990s, scoring 45 points during the sixth and last game of the 1998 NBA finals. In 1999, he was named the greatest North American athlete of the 20th century. Jordan left the NBA at the beginning of the 1993-1994 NBA season to pursue a career in baseball. Since his baseball game wasn't quite as good as his basketball games, he finally gave it up to rejoin the Bulls in 1995. Yet, after playing for five more years, he once again announced his retirement in 1999. But he returned for two more NBA games in 2001 as a member of the Washington Wizards.[ti:Unit 1 Part B]Listening TasksA ConversationWhy Don't You Join Me at the Gym Sometime?Exercise 1Listen to the conversation and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.Peter: Hi Laura. Where are you heading with that big bag?Laura: Hi, Peter. I'm off to the gym. I've got to stay in shape, you know. I try to go three times a week, but I'm busy so I can't always make it.Peter: I know more women who work out than men. What's the main reason you work out? For your health, or to look good?Laura: To be honest, for both. With women, good looks are always a very important consideration. Peter: If they were honest, most men who work out would admit that they also do it to look better, and not merely for health reasons.Laura: How about you? Do you get any regular exercise?Peter: I do a lot of walking, for exercise and enjoyment sometimes ten to twenty kilometers at a time but I never go to the gym like you do.Laura: Well, walking is good exercise. How about sports?Peter: Not since my school days. I used to love playing baseball, but it's impossible to get enough people together for a game now. Mostly I just watch sports on TV.Laura: I play tennis fairly regularly with my friends, and sometimes go swimming and cycling by myself.Peter: Oh, I forgot about that. I go cycling sometimes too. And I often go swimming on vacation, but only recreational swimming.Laura: Why don't you join me at the gym sometime? I can get you a guest pass.Peter: Well, maybe someday, but I'm pretty lazy about things like that.Questions1. What do you know about Peter?2. Where might the two speakers be having this conversation?Speaking TasksPair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with your partner.Conversation 1A: What's your plan for this evening?B: Well, there's a good game at the stadium but I haven't got a ticket yet.A: I'm going to the gym. Would you like to come along? I can get a guest pass for you.B: That's wonderful. I'd always wanted to work out in the new gym. Thank you very much. Conversation 2A: Hi, Xiao Wang. Fancy meeting you here! How are you doing?B: Can't complain. I'm busy with my experiments in the lab. But after work I often play some sports．A: Like what?B: Like swimming, running and sometimes tennis.A: Tennis? That's my favorite game. Say, what're you doing this weekend?B: Nothing particular. I guess I'll probably just work in the lab.A: Come on. You need to relax. What about a game of tennis?B: OK.Conversation 3A: Are you doing anything special tomorrow, Bob?B: Not really. Why do you ask?A: Some of us are going motorcycling. Would you like to join us?B: Motorcycling? I've never done that. Isn't it a bit dangerous?A: Maybe, but it's really exciting.B: I enjoy jogging. It's more relaxing.A: That's a good form of exercise. It can help you stay in shape.B: Yes, it's also safer.Now make similar conversations according to the given situations. Use the structures and expressions above in your conversations where appropriate[ti:Unit 1 Part C]Test Your ListeningYou're going to hear five short conversations. Listen carefully and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.1. W: I like playing basketball, volleyball and table tennis. What about you?M: Well, tennis is my favorite sport.Q: What sport does the man like?2. W: You don't like boxing very much, do you?M: It's far from being my kind of sport.Q: What does the man mean?3. W: I think yesterday's football game was quite exciting.What about you, John?M: You said it. But it was a bit long.Q: What does the man think about the football game?4. W: Do you like to play chess?M: I like the game, but I don't play it often enough. I'm afraid I'm not a very good chess player. Q: What does the man mean?5. M: I knew the names of all the football players and the dates of all the games in my high school days. But recently I have failed to keep up with football.W: Now you are busy with your golf games.Q: What do you know about the man from the conversation?Unit 2 Food and DrinksPart AListening StrategyListening "Between the Lines"People do not always say directly what they mean. Very often, we have to listen "between the lines". The English language offers many ways for people to imply, rather than directly state, their meaning. To find out what a speaker really means, we can rely on such things as the context, the meaning of an idiom, and the intonation used. For example, if someone says "I have an essay to write" in answer to an invitation to go somewhere, we can infer from the context that he cannot accept the invitation. And if someone says "Andrew passed with flying colors" in reply to an inquiry about how Andrew did on a test, we can infer from the meaning of the idiom "to pass with flying colors" that Andrew did very well on the test. Often, intonation also helps to reveal the real meaning of a message. For example, "He is very clever" said with an ironic tone means just the opposite. You are going to hear eight short conversations between two speakers.Listen carefully and write down "Yes" or "No" to each of the following questions.1. M: Have you ever been to that big restaurant opposite the school gate?W: Yes, many times.Whenever my friends come to visit me, I'll take them there to eat.2. W: Is there something wrong, sir?M: My wife and I have been kept waiting for nearly an hour for our meal.3. W: Where is the cake I made this morning?M: We ate it, mom. Can you make another one for us?4. W: I hear you like chicken very much.M: Next to beef.5. M: Have you tried this wine before?W: No, never. It's my first time, but it's really to my taste.6. W: John, do you want a soda?M: Soda? I think it tastes like medicine.7. W: Why, the fish is left almost untouched.M: Well, it would be good if it were less salty.8. M: Hi, Sue, would you like to eat out tonight?W: Oh, I'd really like to, but my sister may come to visit me this evening..[ti:Unit 2 Part B]Listening TasksA ConversationWhat About Dining Out?Exercise 1Listen to the conversation and complete the following sentences.Peter: Hi, Kate.Kate: Hi, Peter. How have you been?Peter: Oh, OK, I guess. And you?Kate: Not too bad. We haven't seen each other for a while, have we?Peter: No, we haven't. So that makes me ask. Do you have any plan for this Saturday?Kate: No, not yet, I don't think so. Why?Peter: What do you think about getting together and going out to dinner this weekend?Kate: That would be great. Do you have any particular place in mind?Peter: Well, I think I'd like to eat something that's not too heavy. I've been eating a little too much lately.Kate: Me too.Peter: I love Italian food, but maybe we should skip that this time. They always seem to serve so much food in Italian restaurants, and you end up eating more than you wanted to.Kate: Chinese food would be good.Peter: Yes, or maybe some Japanese sushi. That style uses a lot of natural flavors, and not much oil or cream or heavy sauces.Kate: Yes, either of those choices would be good. Let's just meet on Saturday night, and decide then where to eat.Peter: That's fine by me.Speaking TasksPair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with your partner.Conversation 1(At the school canteen)A: What a crowd!B: This is the worst time. The morning classes are just over. Everybody is hungry and rushes here to have lunch.A: That's true. I'm starving and I can't wait. I'd rather not stand in a long line.B: Why don't we have some fried noodles?A: Noodles are sold at No. 2 Box. No queue there, you see.B: That's great.(At No. 2 Box)Counter hand: What can I get you?A: One plate of fried noodles, please.B: Make it two.Counter hand: OK. Two plates of fried noodles. Anything else?A: How much is the tomato soup?Counter hand: It's free. It goes with the noodles.A: I see. (to B) Do you want any soup?B: Yes.A: (to counter hand) Two bowls of soup, please.Conversation 2(At a fast food restaurant)Counter hand: What can I do for you?Customer: I'll have one order of chicken nuggets and a chicken sandwich.Counter hand: Anything to drink?Customer: A small Sprite. No ice, please.Counter hand: Okay. For here or to go?Customer: For here.Conversation 3(At a Chinese restaurant)Waiter: Are you ready to order?A: Do you have any recommendations?Waiter: Yes. The Sichuan style crispy whole fish is very good.It's today's special.A: Mary, would you like to try that? I hear it's very good.B: Why not? And I'd like shrimp in black bean sauce, too. It's my favorite.Waiter: Okay. Anything else?A: What about some vegetables, Mary?B: Yes. How about spinach?A: Spinach is fine with me.Waiter: Anything to drink?A: Yes. I'd like one Bud Light, please. What'll you have, Mary?B: Orange juice, please.Waiter: One Bud Light and one orange juice. Is that right?A: Right.Now make similar conversations according to the given situations. Use the structures and expressions above in your conversations where appropriate[ti:Unit 2 Part C]Test Your ListeningListen to the conversation and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.A: Well, here we are, not too crowded.B: Great! Let's order quickly so we can chat a little.A: OK. What are you in the mood for?B: Something light. I had a huge breakfast and I'm still full.A: There are three salads. Or you could have soup and a sandwich.B: What are you having? A hamburger, I suppose.A: No, actually I ate out last night. We had pizza at Pizza Hut, then a late snack at Kentucky Fried Chicken.B: Oh, dear. Well, maybe you should have a salad.A: Yes, I think so. Look, the daily special is spaghetti. That sounds good.B: Oh, the prices are great too. I'll have that as well.A: Now let's decide on drinks.B: I'll just have coffee and a glass of iced water.A: Italian food needs red wine, you know.B: But we have to go back to work.A: OK, a Coke for me then.B: Here comes the waitress. Let me order first.Questions1. What is the relationship between the two speakers?2. Where does the conversation take place?3. What will they order?Unit 3 WeatherPart AListening StrategyListening for Important DetailsBesides understanding the main idea of a listening text, we often find it necessary to grasp the important details as well. What counts as important details depends on the kind of information we want. Generally speaking, if we are listening to the narration of an event, we need to sharpen our ears not only for what happened, but also when and where, how and why it happened. In listening to a weather report, on the other hand, the important details we should watch out for are the current weather conditions, temperature, and weather outlook. You're going to hear two short passages about weather. While listening, pay attention to such details as the weather conditions, temperature, weather outlook, damage caused by bad weather and so on, and write them down in note form.Then complete the exercises in your book.1. The weather today: a fine day is in store nearly everywhere, with the best of the sunshine in southern and central areas of Britain. A pleasant day, then, with long sunny periods developing. There will be light winds with a maximum temperature of 18 degrees Celsius, 64 degrees Fahrenheit. Look at the outlook for the next few days: it will become mostly cloudy with heavyshowers moving in from the west.2. A storm in Changchun, capital of Northeast China's Jilin Province, claimed four lives on Sunday. The storm lasted about three hours from around 8 p.m. The winds reached speeds of over a hundred miles an hour, causing serious damage and a widespread power failure.[ti:Unit 3 Part B]Listening TasksA ConversationDid You Hear the Forecast?Exercise 1Listen to the conversation and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.Alan: Oh, look at the sky, Michelle! It's starting to get cloudy.Michelle: I see it. I hope it doesn't rain. I thought it was going to be a fine day today.Alan: That's certainly what the department was hoping for when they chose today as the date for the annual picnic.Michelle: You can't have a picnic without good weather. You need sunshine for all the eating and games and entertainment.Alan: Yeah, sunshine — but not too much! Do you remember last year?Michelle: I sure do. It was so hot all we did was look for shade, look for ways to escape from the sun.Alan: And no one wanted to participate in any of the planned activities. All we wanted was cold drinks. And then we dozed off.Michelle: If there had just been the tiniest breeze to cool us off.Alan: But there wasn't. Just that burning sun, without a cloud in the sky, and the temperature just seemed to climb higher and higher.Michelle: Well, we don't have that problem this year, apparently.Alan, did you hear the weather forecast? Is it supposed to rain?Alan: I don't know. I didn't catch the weather report. But maybe if it rains, it will only be a short shower which cools things off a little. That might not be bad.Questions1. What are Alan and Michelle mainly doing?2. What do you know about Alan?3. What can you infer from the conversation?Speaking TasksListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with your partner.Conversation 1A: What lovely weather we're having! Nice and cool.B: Yeah, I really like this kind of weather.A: What's the temperature today？B: The high is 26 and the low is 20. The weather forecast says the good weather is likely to last, too.A: I hope so.Conversation 2A: It seems to be clearing up. All the dark clouds are gone and the sun is coming out.B: Yes. Let's just hope it stays this way. I hate rainy days.A: I think it will continue to be fine for the next few days. Anyhow, that's what the weatherman says.B: That's great. Let's go for a walk, shall we？A: All right.Conversation 3A: It's hot and humid, isn't it? I can hardly breathe.B: Yeah. I feel suffocating too.A: Are summers always this hot here? It's almost like in the desert.B: Yes, especially in July and August.A: Well, what did the weatherman say?B: He said another heat wave is on the way.A: Oh no! I hope not.B: How about going out to the beach to cool off？A: Good idea. Maybe it's the only place for this sort of weather.Now make similar conversations according to the given situations. Use the structures and expressions above in your conversations where appropriate..[ti:Unit 3 Part CTest Your ListeningYou're going to hear five short conversations. Listen carefully and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.1. W: It's been freezing for the last few days.M: Yes. And the forecast says there will be more snow next week, accompanied by strong winds. Q: What will the weather be like next week?2. M: We haven't had such a severe winter for a long time, have we?W: No, and the forecast says it's going to get worse before it warms up.Q: What can we learn from the conversation?3. W: What if it rains hard? What are we going to do?M: I think it will clear up soon. But if it keeps raining, the whole thing will have to be cancelled. Q: What can we learn from the conversation?4. M: How was the weather when you left New York?W: It was very much like the weather in Beijing. You don't have to take a lot of clothes.Q: What can we learn from the conversation?5. W: If it is this hot tomorrow, we may have to give up the idea of playing tennis in the afternoon. M: The weather forecast says it will cloud over by noon.Q: What does the man mean?Unit 4 MusicPart AListening StrategyListening for Signal WordsThe ability to identify signal words can help us follow the thread of the speaker's thought. People often use signal words or phrases like "but", "therefore" and "as a result" to add a comment that contrasts with what has just been said or to signal what they are about to say is the result or cause of their previous remarks. Similarly, words and phrases like "for example", "most importantly", "first", "second", "finally" and "then" usually signal that the speaker is going to provide an illustration or emphasize a certain point or discuss several aspects of a certain topic. So we should pay attention to signal words in listening as they will prepare us for what is going to be said. You're going to hear four short passages.Listen carefully and write down the signal word(s) in each passage. Then choose a, b, c or d to indicate the function of the signal word(s) used in each of the passages.1. Most people like music. In fact, we are surrounded by it. It's on the radio and television and can be heard in stores and restaurants. However, not everyone likes the same kind of music.2. The manager of the music shop was called Brian Epstein. Because so many people had asked for a record by the Sun, Epstein decided to go and listen to the group himself.3. Firstly I would like to talk about classical music and its representative composers, then I will move on to jazz music, and finally I will focus on pop music in the last century.4. We listen to exciting music and our hearts beat faster, our blood pressure rises, and our blood flows more quickly. In short, we're stimulated.[ti:Unit 4 Part B]Listening TasksA PassageBackground MusicExercise 1Listen to the passage. As you listen, read the signal words in your book and put a tick () in the brackets after the ones you have heard.Background music may seem harmless, but it can have a powerful effect on those who hear it. Recorded background music first found its way into factories, shops and restaurants in the USA. Very soon it spread to other parts of the world. Now it is becoming difficult to go shopping or eat a meal without listening to music. To begin with, background music was intended simply to create a soothing atmosphere. Recently, however, it's becoming a big business. An American marketing expert has shown that music can boost sales or increase factory production by as much as a third. But it has to be the light music. Lively music has no effect at all on sales. Slow music can increase receipts by 34%. This is probably because shoppers slow down and have more opportunity to spot items they would like to buy. Yet, slow music isn't always the answer. The expert found that in restaurants slow music meant customers took longer to eat their meals, which reduced overall sales. So restaurant owners might be well advised to play faster music to keep the customers moving — unless, of course,the resulting indigestion leads to complaints.Questions1. Where was recorded background music first used?2. What was the original purpose of background music?3. What kind of music can have a powerful effect on customers in shops?4. Why doesn't the same kind of music work in restaurants according to the passage?Speaking TasksPair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with your partner.Conversation 1A: Do you like English songs?B: I'm crazy about them.A: What's your favorite song?B: It's hard to say. There are so many beautiful songs.A: Who's your favorite singer then?B: Sarah Brightman, undoubtedly. I do admire her, you know. I love all her songs.A: I like her, too, but not that much.Conversation 2A: Do you care for opera?B: Yes, I do, very much.A: Which do you like better, opera or musical?B: Opera.A: Do you just listen to it or go to performances?B: I prefer going to a performance. It has everything, color and spectacle and great music.A: Why don't we go and see Aida together? It's being performed at the Grand Theater.B: I've seen it already. It's excellent.A: Oh, lucky you!Conversation 3A: Do you enjoy listening to music?B: Yes, very much. I enjoy listening to music more than any other pastime.A: What's your favorite music?B: It depends. When I am in a good mood, I'd prefer something exciting, with a fast rhythm. But if I feel low, I can only listen to something soft and quiet.A: Mm, me too.Now make similar conversations. Use the structures and expressions above where appropriate. Your conversations should include the following points.[ti:Unit 4 Part C]Test Your ListeningListen to the passage three times and supply the missing information.Celine Dion is the youngest of 14 children in a working-class family in Quebec, Canada. Her parents, who both loved music, encouraged her to develop her musical talent. At 12, Celine had composed the song "It Was Only a Dream". Her mother and brother helped her to make a recording of that song and sent it off to an address they found on an album of a popular French singer. The address was that of Rene Angelil, who became her first conquest, but there would be millions more. Celine's rise from a teenage singer to a pop superstar has been steady, but not without difficulties. Record companies were at first less enthusiastic about investing in a teenager than Angelil, who mortgaged his own home to pay for her first album. But her first two albumswon a great success. And by 1983 she became the first Canadian ever to have a gold record in France. In 1990, Celine made her first English language record with Unison but her real breakthrough in America came when she was selected by Disney to sing the theme song of Beauty and the Beast. The song went to No.1 on the chart and won both a Grammy and an Academy award. In 1996 she performed at the opening ceremony of the 1996 Atlanta Olympic Games and in 1997 she recorded the theme song for Titanic, and her name became synonymous with the enormously successful film. Celine Dion's favorite theme is love. She sings the depth and the power of love in a great many of her hits such as "Love Can Move Mountains", "Because You Loved Me", "The Power of Love" and, of course, the theme song of Titanic, "My Heart Will Go On".Unit 5 HealthPart AListening StrategyIdentifying the Relationship Between the Speakers in a Conversation Identifying the relationship between the speakers in a conversation is an important skill in listening comprehension. Although sometimes the conversation itself does not contain words that say exactly what the relationship is, we can rely on contextual clues to find it out. Such clues include the degree of intimacy (e.g., how intimately the speakers address each other, what endearments are used), the degree of politeness (strangers tend to be more polite towards each other than friends or family members), and the particular situation (at a doctor's consulting room, at a shop, etc.).Listen to the following conversations and choose the right answers to the questions that follow the conversations.1. M: What's the trouble?W: I feel dizzy and my whole body aches.M: How long have you been sick?W: Two or three days now.M: How's your appetite?W: I've got no appetite. The sight of food simply turns my stomach. What's wrong with me?M: You seem to be generally run-down.Q: What is the mnost probable relationship between the two speakers?2. W: What's the matter, Jack? You look pale.M: Oh, I feel terrible.W: Why? What's the matter?M: I have a splitting headache and a sore throat.W: Why didn't you tell me?M: I thought they might go away, but I feel worse this morning. I'm aching all over.W: Hmm. You feel warm, too. You must have got a fever. There's a pretty bad flu going around, you know.Q: What's the most probable relationship between the two speakers?[ti:Unit 5 Part B]Listening TasksA ConversationGoing to See the DoctorExercise 1Listen to the conversation and choose the right answers to complete the statements.D: So what's your trouble?P: Well, doctor, I haven't been feeling well lately. My biggest problem is that I'm having trouble sleeping.D: Have you tried any of the sleeping medications available?P: I've tried one or two, but they don't seem to help.D: How long have you had this problem?P: Three or four months — it's been rather a long time now.D: Are you suffering from an unusual level of stress in your life lately?P: Not more than usual. My biggest worry is the fact I can't sleep.D: Well, some people don't need as much sleep as others.P: But I feel tired all day, so it is a problem for me.D: Have you been experiencing any other symptoms?P: I've also had a lot of indigestion lately.D: Well, you are a little overweight, aren't you?P: Yes. And I've gained about seven kilograms this past year.D: You really should try to lose at least that extra weight. Do you get much exercise?P: No, not very much.D: Physical activity is very important.P: So what do you recommend, doctor?D: I will give you some medications for your insomnia and your indigestion. But I also recommend that you begin a regular exercise program.P: But I have neither the time nor the money to go to a gym.D: You don't need to go to a gym. A simple walking program would be very beneficial for you.I think you'll find that diet and exercise will be very helpful in taking care of your recent complaints.Speaking TasksPair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with your partner.Conversation 1D: What's wrong with you?P: I have a burning stomachache. And I feel like vomiting, too.D: How long has it been like this?P: Since yesterday.D: What did you eat yesterday? Did you eat seafood?P: Yes. I had some crabs at lunch and then I just felt terrible.D: Yours seems to be a minor case of food poisoning.P: What do you think I should do, doctor?D: I'll give you some medications for your stomachache and indigestion. And don't eat any。
(完整版)全新版大学英第二版语综合教程2听力原文Unit1—Unit6
Unit 1 All About MeListening and SpeakingAudio Track 2-1-1/Audio Track 2-1-2Nora (N): Is that your van?Katherine (K): Yes, it is. We’re moving in.N: Oh, I see. … We? Who is “we”?K: My husband, Myles, and I. Oh, I’m sorry. Let me introduce myself. I’m Katherine —Katherine Jones.N: I’m Nora Nelson.K: It’s nice to meet you, Nora.N: Welcome to Parkside Apartments. I live in 2A. By myself.K: Oh, then we’re neighbors! We’re moving into Apartment 2B.N: It’s a quiet building. Very nice. Except for …Wes and Lydia in 3B.K: Oh?N: Yes. They play loud music sometimes.K: Oh … I see. …N: Then there are the two students in 3A. They’re classmates at the university.K: Um … I think I need to …N: They’re good boys, but they have too many parties!K: I …N: It is a quiet building, though. … Let’s see, there’s also Mrs. Hanson in 3C. We’re related. She’s my aunt. She talks all the time and …K: Nora, I’m sorry. I’m very busy right now. It was nice meeting you. Really … Um, goodbye. N: What a strange woman!Audio Track 2-1-3/Audio Track 2-1-4Boy (B): Hey, Grandma, what’s in this box?Grandma (G): Oh, nothing really. … Just a few old keepsakes.B: Keepsakes?G: Young man, you know what a keepsake is!B: No, I don’t. I really don’t.G: Well, it’s something you keep. It’s something that gives you a lot of memories.B: Oh. What’s this?G: Now don’t go just digging around in there! … Hmmm, let’s see … that’s my first diary.B: Can I …?G: No, you can’t read it! It’s personal! I wrote about my first boyfriend in there. He became your grandfather!B: Oh, OK. … Well then, what’s that? It has your picture in it.G: That’s my passport. You can see, I traveled to Europe by ship.B: What’s that big book?G: My yearbook. It’s my high school book of memories.B: Class of 1961! Boy, that’s old!G: That’s about enough out of you, young man.I think it’s time we put this box away and …Audio Track 2-1-5/Audio Track 2-1-6At the age of thirteen, I took my first trip alone. I went to visit my grandparents in Los Angeles. I felt very nervous about traveling so far, but my mother said, “Don’t worry. You’ll be fine.” I got on the airplane and talked for a long time to a very nice woman who sat next to me. My grandparents met me at the airport and took me to their home. I stayed there for two weeks, and I had so much fun with them! It was my first time in Los Angeles, and I saw lots of really interesting places. In the end, I didn’t want to go home!Audio Track 2-1-7/Audio Track 2-1-8Making memoriesA popular new hobby is scrapbooking —making beautiful books to hold special memories. Scrapbook pages can include photos, drawings, journal entries. It’s not hard to make a scrapbook that you will enjoy for many years. Here are the steps.1. Choose a theme for your scrapbook pages. Some examples: “School days,”“Family travel,” “Memories of my gran dparents,” “Baby’s first year.”2. Select photos for each page. Two or three really good photos are better than ten so-so photos.3. Find other paper keepsakes to use with your photos. Look for old newspaper clippings, postcards, tickets, report cards, letters — anything made of paper. Use your imagination!4. Design the pages. Put photos and keepsakes together on each page and move them around until you find a layout that you like.5. Glue your photos and keepsakes into place. Then decorate your pages with felt pens, paint, and stickers. Use your imagination!6. Label your pages. This is the most important step! Remember to write down the “5 Ws” of your photos: Who, What, Where, When, and Why. This will make your scrapbook much more interesting and valuable in the future.Audio Track 2-1-9/Audio Track 2-1-10/Audio Track 2-1-11Yearbooks in the United StatesMost high schools in the United States publish a yearbook. The yearbook comes out once a year, usually in the spring. It is a record of the school year —a “book of memories”for the students.Inside a yearbook is each student’s photo. The seniors are graduating soon, and their photos appear first. Next are the juniors. They are one year behind the seniors. Next come the sophomores, or second-year students. The last photos are the first-year students, the freshmen. The yearbook isnot only about students.The teachers have photos, too. The yearbook also has photos and descriptions of sports teams, academic subjects, and extracurricular activities. These are activities students do after school, such as the chess club and Spanish club. There is even a yearbook club. Students in this club write, design, and take photos all year for the yearbook. At the end of the year, the book is printed.In the yearbook, some students receive special titles. The seniors vote and choose the “class clown”(a funny student), the “most likely to succeed”(a student everyone thinks will be successful), and the “best dressed”(a student with a good fashion sense). There are also other awards and categories.Students typically sign each other’s yearbooks. This is especially important for the seniors, because they are graduating. Students write notes to each other, such as, “We had a lot of fun,” or “I’ll never forget you.”They also write about all the fun and funny experiences they shared in school together.Audio Track 2-1-12Conversation 1Sandy: Hello?Joe: Hi, Sandy. It’s Joe.Sandy: Oh hi, Joe.Joe: What are you doing?Sandy: I’m sleeping.Joe: Oh, sorry.Conversation 2Josh: Hello?Lisa: Hi, Josh, how are you?Josh: I’m really busy.Lisa: Why? What are you doing?Josh: I’m painting my bedroom.Lisa: O.K. Talk to you later!Audio Track 2-1-131. He’s dating a really nice girl.2. I’m fixing my car.3. She’s working in her garden.4. We’re going to the movies.Audio Track 2-1-14/Audio Track 2-1-15Conversation 1Maria: Hi, Junko.Junko: Hi, Maria. It’s good to see you again!How are you?Maria: I’m fine, thanks. How about you?Junko: I’m fine.Maria: Junko, this is Ricardo. We’re classmates.We’re both taking accounting this semester.Junko: Hi, Ricardo.Ricardo: Hi, Junko.Conversation 2Yong Il: Hi. Let me introduce myself. I’m Yong Il.Ileana: Nice to meet you. My name is Ileana.Yong Il: It’s nice to meet you, too, Ileana.I’d like you to meet Tammy.Ileana: Nice to meet you, Tammy.Tammy: Nice to meet you, too, Ileana.Yong Il: We’re colleagues.We work in the same department.Audio Track 2-1-16Liu Xiang: David, let me introduce you to Shakira, one of the greatest singers and songwriters of our time. She is from Colombia in Latin America.David: It’s very nice to meet you, Shakira.Shakira: Very nice to meet you too, David. What do you do?David: I’m an international footballer and a model.Shakira: Oh! In which country do you play football?David: I’ve won football championships for teams in England, Spain and America. Shakira: That’s wonderful. Did you know Liu Xiang is an extremely talented athlete too?Liu Xiang: Oh Shakira, you are too kind.Video CourseVideo Track 2-1-1Alex: The most important people in my life are my mother, my father, my two sisters, and my brother.Alejandra: My grandmother is a very important person to me. Her name is Ester and she is 80 years old.Kumiko: The special person in my family is my grandfather, because he’s always kind to me and supportive.Calum: My friends are important to me because I like to go out with them and I can talk to them about most things. I think the three most important people in my life are my friends Tony, Dan, and David.Video Track 2-1-2Kumiko: The special person in my family is my grandfather, because he’s always kind to me and supportive.Calum: My friends are important to me because I like to go out with them and I can talk to them about most things. I think the three most important people in my life are my friends Tony, Dan, and David.Video Track 2-1-3Catherine: Memories are very important to me. I have a shoe box where I put all the letters and pictures and all the little things that I’ve collected for the past years and … um … have it in the shoe box.Agnes: My favorite memory is my visit to my grandfather. He was a very old and wise man and he told me a lot of interesting stories.Calum: One of my happiest memories is when I was a child and I went outside Scotland for the first time. I went to an amusement park in France and I had a very good time there with my family. Julianna: One of the happiest memories from my childhood was my first day of school. I was really excited and the thing I wanted the most was to learn how to read.Video Track 2-1-4Sun-hee: Hey, what are you doing?Tara: I’m getting ready for my blind date.Sun-hee: A blind date? You don’t know this man?Tara: No, but he’s a friend of Claudia’s, so it should be OK.Sun-hee: Oh. So where did she meet him?Tara: They met at work. He’s a colleague of hers. He’s from Brazil, too, but he’s working in the US office right now.Sun-hee: Are you excited?Tara: Excited . . . and a little nervous! What jewelry should I wear?Sun-hee: I don’t know. Hey, what’s that? That’s nice.Tara: This? Oh, this is a bracelet my first boyfriend, Joe, gave me. Isn’t it beautiful?Sun-hee: Yeah.Tara: We were so “in love.” Too bad we were only 17 —too young.Sun-hee: What’s this?Tara: That? Oh, that’s a souvenir from my first trip to the US I was five years old.Sun-hee: Why are you still hanging on to it?Tara: Oh, I’m keeping it for the memories.Sun-hee: How about this?Tara: Now, that is my favorite keepsake. It’s a pendant from my grandmother. She gave it to me when I was 18 years old.Sun-hee: For your birthday?Tara: No. I was in my first year of college and things were rough. I had no friends. I hated myclasses. I didn’t think I could make it. And one day my grandmother told me a story.Sun-hee: Yeah?Tara: My grandmother’s father died when she was only eight years old. Things were hard for her family after that. She went to school. She helped out at home and she had a job.Sun-hee: She was just a little girl!Tara: I know. She worked really hard throughout her whole childhood. So, when my grandmother turned 18, her mother gave her this pendant to say “thank you.”Sun-hee: That was nice.Tara: Yeah. So . . . when life was difficult for me in college, my grandmother gave me the pendant as a reminder to be strong …Sun-hee: That’s beautiful. And it’s perfect for tonight.Tara: You know, you’re right. Here goes…Video Track 2-1-5Sun-hee: Hey, what are you doing?Tara: I’m getting ready for my blind date.Sun-hee: A blind date? You don’t know this man?Tara: No, but he’s a friend of Claudia’s, so it should be OK.Sun-hee: Oh. So where did she meet him?Tara: They met at work. He’s a colleague of hers. He’s from Brazil, too, but he’s working in the US office right now.Sun-hee: Are you excited?Tara: Excited … and a little nervous! What jewelry should I wear?Sun-hee: I don’t know. Hey, what’s that? That’s nice.Video Track 2-1-6Tara: This? Oh, this is a bracelet my first boyfriend, Joe, gave me. Isn’t it beautiful?Sun-hee: Yeah.Tara: We were so “in love.” Too bad we were only 17 —too young.Sun-hee: What’s this?Tara: That? Oh, that’s a souvenir from my first trip to the US I was five years old.Sun-hee: Why are you still hanging on to it?Tara: Oh, I’m keeping it for the memories.Video Track 2-1-7Sun-hee: How about this?Tara: Now, that is my favorite keepsake. It’s a pendant from my grandmother. She gave it to me when I was 18 years old.Sun-hee: For your birthday?Tara: No. I was in my first year of college and things were rough. I had no friends. I hated my classes. I didn’t think I could make it. And one day my grandmother told me a story.Sun-hee: Yeah?Tara: My grandmother’s father died when she was only eight years old. Things were hard for her family after that. She went to school. She helped out at home and she had a job.Sun-hee: She was just a little girl!Tara: I know. She worked really hard throughout her whole childhood. So, when my grandmother turned 18, her mother gave her this pendant to say thank you.Sun-hee: That was nice.Tara: Yeah. So …when life was difficult for me in college, my grandmother gave me the pendant as a reminder to be strong …Sun-hee: That’s beautiful. And it’s perfect for tonight.Tara: You know, you’re right. Here goes …。
全新版大学英语第二版听说教程2听力原文与答案
全新版大学英语（第二版）听说教程2Unit 1 Sports Part A]Listening StrategyIdentifying NumbersNumbers appear very often in every kind of listening material. The ability to catch the exact num bers spoken in English is an important but difficult skill for a Chinese learner. A good way is to pra ctice over and over again the pronunciation of the numbers, particularly the different ways to say thirteen and thirty, fourteen and forty, etc. It also helps to practice writing down the numbers yo u hear quickly in numerical forms, without translating them into Chinese. You're going to hear a p assage about Michael Jordan, a retired American professional basketball player.Listen carefully and fill in the blanks with the missing numbers.Michael Jordan is the greatest basketball player of all time. He was born on Feb.17, 1963, in Broo klyn, New York. He is 1.98 meters tall and weighs 216 pounds. Jordan joined the Chicago Bulls tea m for the 1984 season. In the 1986 season he shot 3041 points, the third highest score ever. He w as named NBA Slam Dunk Champion(扣篮冠军)in 1987 and won the Most Valuable Player Award in 1988, an honor repeated four times in the next ten years to 1998. Jordan guided his team to win six NBA championships during the 1990s, s coring 45 points during the sixth and last game of the 1998 NBA finals. In 1999, he was named th e greatest North American athlete of the 20th century. Jordan left the NBA at the beginning of th e 1993-1994 NBA season to pursue a career in baseball. Since his baseball game wasn't quite as g ood as his basketball games, he finally gave it up to rejoin the Bulls in 1995. Yet, after playing for f ive more years, he once again announced his retirement in 1999. But he returned for two more N BA games in 2001 as a member of the Washington Wizards.[ti:Unit 1 Part B]Listening Tasks A ConversationWhy Don't You Join Me at the Gym Sometime?Exercise 1Listen to the conversation and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.Peter: Hi Laura. Where are you heading with that big bag?Laura: Hi, Peter. I'm off to the gym. I've got to stay in shape, you know. I try to go three times a w eek, but I'm busy so I can't always make it.Peter: I know more women who work out than men. What's the main reason you work out? For y our health, or to look good?Laura: To be honest, for both. With women, good looks are always a very important consideration . Peter: If they were honest, most men who work out would admit that they also do it to look bett er, and not merely for health reasons.Laura: How about you? Do you get any regular exercise?Peter: I do a lot of walking, for exercise and enjoyment sometimes ten to twenty kilometers at a ti me but I never go to the gym like you do.Laura: Well, walking is good exercise. How about sports?Peter: Not since my school days. I used to love playing baseball, but it's impossible to get enough people together for a game now. Mostly I just watch sports on TV.Laura: I play tennis fairly regularly with my friends, and sometimes go swimming and cycling by m yself.Peter: Oh, I forgot about that. I go cycling sometimes too. And I often go swimming on vacation, b ut only recreational swimming.Laura: Why don't you join me at the gym sometime? I can get you a guest pass. Peter: Well, maybe someday, but I'm pretty lazy about things like that. Questions1. What do you know about Peter?2. Where might the two speakers be having this conversation?Speaking Tasks Pair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with yo ur partner.Conversation 1A: What's your plan for this evening?B: Well, there's a good game at the stadium but I haven't got a ticket yet.A: I'm going to the gym. Would you like to come along? I can get a guest pass for you. B: That's w onderful. I'd always wanted to work out in the new gym. Thank you very much. Conversation 2 A: Hi, Xiao Wang. Fancy meeting you here! How are you doing?B: Can't complain. I'm busy with my experiments in the lab. But after work I often play some spor ts．A: Like what?B: Like swimming, running and sometimes tennis.A: Tennis? That's my favorite game. Say, what're you doing this weekend? B: Nothing particular. I guess I'll probably just work in the lab. A: Come on. You need to relax. What about a game of tenn is? B: OK.Conversation 3A: Are you doing anything special tomorrow, Bob? B: Not really. Why do you ask?A: Some of us are going motorcycling. Would you like to join us? B: Motorcycling? I've never done that. Isn't it a bit dangerous? A: Maybe, but it's really exciting.B: I enjoy jogging. It's more relaxing.A: That's a good form of exercise. It can help you stay in shape. B: Yes, it's also safer.Now make similar conversations according to the given situations. Use the structures and express ions above in your conversations where appropriate[ti:Unit 1 Part C]Test Your ListeningYou're going to hear five short conversations. Listen carefully and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.1. W: I like playing basketball, volleyball and table tennis. What about you? M: Well, tennis is my f avorite sport. Q: What sport does the man like?2. W: You don't like boxing very much, do you? M: It's far from being my kind of sport. Q: What d oes the man mean?3. W: I think yesterday's football game was quite exciting. What about you, John?M: You said it. But it was a bit long.Q: What does the man think about the football game? 4. W: Do you like to play chess?M: I like the game, but I don't play it often enough. I'm afraid I'm not a very good chess player. Q: What does the man mean?5. M: I knew the names of all the football players and the dates of all the games in my high schooldays. But recently I have failed to keep up with football. W: Now you are busy with your golf gam es.Q: What do you know about the man from the conversation?Unit 2 Food and Drinks Part AListening StrategyListening "Between the Lines"People do not always say directly what they mean. Very often, we have to listen "between the lin es". The English language offers many ways for people to imply, rather than directly state, their m eaning. To find out what a speaker really means, we can rely on such things as the context, the m eaning of an idiom, and the intonation used. For example, if someone says "I have an essay to wri te" in answer to an invitation to go somewhere, we can infer from the context that he cannot acc ept the invitation. And if someone says "Andrew passed with flying colors" in reply to an inquiry a bout how Andrew did on a test, we can infer from the meaning of the idiom "to pass with flying c olors" that Andrew did very well on the test. Often, intonation also helps to reveal the real meani ng of a message. For example, "He is very clever" said with an ironic tone means just the opposite . You are going to hear eight short conversations between two speakers.Listen carefully and write down "Yes" or "No" to each of the following questions. 1. M: Have you e ver been to that big restaurant opposite the school gate? W: Yes, many times.Whenever my friends come to visit me, I'll take them there to eat. 2. W: Is there something wron g, sir?M: My wife and I have been kept waiting for nearly an hour for our meal. 3. W: Where is the cake I made this morning?M: We ate it, mom. Can you make another one for us?4. W: I hear you like chicken very much.M: Next to beef.5. M: Have you tried this wine before?W: No, never. It's my first time, but it's really to my taste. 6. W: John, do you want a soda? M: Sod a? I think it tastes like medicine. 7. W: Why, the fish is left almost untouched. M: Well, it would be good if it were less salty. 8. M: Hi, Sue, would you like to eat out tonight?W: Oh, I'd really like to, but my sister may come to visit me this evening..[ti:Unit 2 Part B] Listening Tasks A ConversationWhat About Dining Out?Exercise 1Listen to the conversation and complete the following sentences. Peter: Hi, Kate.Kate: Hi, Peter. How have you been? Peter: Oh, OK, I guess. And you?Kate: Not too bad. We haven't seen each other for a while, have we?Peter: No, we haven't. So that makes me ask. Do you have any plan for this Saturday? Kate: No, n ot yet, I don't think so. Why?Peter: What do you think about getting together and going out to dinner this weekend? Kate: Tha t would be great. Do you have any particular place in mind?Peter: Well, I think I'd like to eat something that's not too heavy. I've been eating a little too much lately.Kate: Me too.Peter: I love Italian food, but maybe we should skip that this time. They always seem to serve somuch food in Italian restaurants, and you end up eating more than you wanted to.Kate: Chinese food would be good.Peter: Yes, or maybe some Japanese sushi. That style uses a lot of natural flavors, and not much oi l or cream or heavy sauces.Kate: Yes, either of those choices would be good. Let's just meet on Saturday night, and decide th en where to eat.Peter: That's fine by me.Speaking Tasks Pair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with yo ur partner.Conversation 1(At the school canteen) A: What a crowd!B: This is the worst time. The morning classes are just over. Everybody is hungry and rushes here t o have lunch.A: That's true. I'm starving and I can't wait. I'd rather not stand in a long line. B: Why don't we hav e some fried noodles?A: Noodles are sold at No. 2 Box. No queue there, you see. B: That's great. (At No. 2 Box) Counter hand: What can I get you? A: One plate of fried noodles, please. B: Make it two. Counter hand: OK. Two plates of fried noodles. Anything else? A: How much is the tomato soup? Counter hand: It's free. It goes with the noodles. A: I see. (to B) Do you want any soup? B: Yes. A: (to counter hand) Two bowls of soup, please. Conversation 2(At a fast food restaurant)Counter hand: What can I do for you?Customer: I'll have one order of chicken nuggets and a chicken sandwich. Counter hand: Anything to drink? Customer: A small Sprite. No ice, please. Counter hand: Okay. For here or to go? Custo mer: For here. Conversation 3(At a Chinese restaurant)Waiter: Are you ready to order?A: Do you have any recommendations?Waiter: Yes. The Sichuan style crispy whole fish is very good. It's today's special.A: Mary, would you like to try that? I hear it's very good.B: Why not? And I'd like shrimp in black bean sauce, too. It's my favorite. Waiter: Okay. Anything else?A: What about some vegetables, Mary? B: Yes. How about spinach? A: Spinach is fine with me. W aiter: Anything to drink?A: Yes. I'd like one Bud Light, please. What'll you have, Mary? B: Orange juice, please. Waiter: One Bud Light and one orange juice. Is that right? A: Right.Now make similar conversations according to the given situations. Use the structures and express ions above in your conversations where appropriate[ti:Unit 2 Part C]Test Your ListeningListen to the conversation and choose the right answers to the questions you hear. A: Well, here we are, not too crowded.B: Great! Let's order quickly so we can chat a little. A: OK. What are you in the mood for?B: Something light. I had a huge breakfast and I'm still full. A: There are three salads. Or you could have soup and a sandwich. B: What are you having? A hamburger, I suppose.A: No, actually I ate out last night. We had pizza at Pizza Hut, then a late snack at Kentucky Fried C hicken.B: Oh, dear. Well, maybe you should have a salad.A: Yes, I think so. Look, the daily special is spaghetti. That sounds good. B: Oh, the prices are great too. I'll have that as well. A: Now let's decide on drinks.B: I'll just have coffee and a glass of iced water. A: Italian food needs red wine, you know. B: But w e have to go back to work. A: OK, a Coke for me then.B: Here comes the waitress. Let me order first. Questions1. What is the relationship between the two speakers?2. Where does the conversation take place3. What will they orderUnit 3 Weather Part AListening StrategyListening for Important DetailsBesides understanding the main idea of a listening text, we often find it necessary to grasp the im portant details as well. What counts as important details depends on the kind of information we want. Generally speaking, if we are listening to the narration of an event, we need to sharpen our ears not only for what happened, but also when and where, how and why it happened. In listeni ng to a weather report, on the other hand, the important details we should watch out for are the current weather conditions, temperature, and weather outlook. You're going to hear two short pa ssages about weather. While listening, pay attention to such details as the weather conditions, te mperature, weather outlook, damage caused by bad weather and so on, and write them down in note form.Then complete the exercises in your book.1. The weather today: a fine day is in store nearly everywhere, with the best of the sunshine in so uthern and central areas of Britain. A pleasant day, then, with long sunny periods developing. Th ere will be light winds with a maximum temperature of 18 degrees Celsius, 64 degrees Fahrenheit . Look at the outlook for the next few days: it will become mostly cloudy with heavy showers mov ing in from the west.2. A storm in Changchun, capital of Northeast China's Jilin Province, claimed four lives on Sunday. The storm lasted about three hours from around 8 p.m. The winds reached speeds of over a hund red miles an hour, causing serious damage and a widespread power failure.[ti:Unit 3 Part B] Listening Tasks A ConversationDid You Hear the Forecast?Exercise 1Listen to the conversation and choose the right answers to the questions you hear. Alan: Oh, look at the sky, Michelle! It's starting to get cloudy.Michelle: I see it. I hope it doesn't rain. I thought it was going to be a fine day today.Alan: That's certainly what the department was hoping for when they chose today as the date for the annual picnic.Michelle: You can't have a picnic without good weather. You need sunshine for all the eating and games and entertainment.Alan: Yeah, sunshine — but not too much! Do you remember last year?Michelle: I sure do. It was so hot all we did was look for shade, look for ways to escape from the s un.Alan: And no one wanted to participate in any of the planned activities. All we wanted was cold dr inks. And then we dozed off.Michelle: If there had just been the tiniest breeze to cool us off.Alan: But there wasn't. Just that burning sun, without a cloud in the sky, and the temperature just seemed to climb higher and higher.Michelle: Well, we don't have that problem this year, apparently.Alan, did you hear the weather forecast? Is it supposed to rain?Alan: I don't know. I didn't catch the weather report. But maybe if it rains, it will only be a short s hower which cools things off a little. That might not be bad. Questions1. What are Alan and Michelle mainly doing?2. What do you know about Alan?3. What can you infer from the conversation?Speaking TasksListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with yo ur partner. Conversation 1A: What lovely weather we're having! Nice and cool. B: Yeah, I really like this kind of weather. A: What's the temperature today？B: The high is 26 and the low is 20. The weather forecast says the good weather is likely to last, to o.A: I hope so.Conversation 2A: It seems to be clearing up. All the dark clouds are gone and the sun is coming out. B: Yes. Let's j ust hope it stays this way. I hate rainy days.A: I think it will continue to be fine for the next few days. Anyhow, that's what the weatherman sa ys.B: That's great. Let's go for a walk, shall we？ A: All right.Conversation 3A: It's hot and humid, isn't it? I can hardly breathe. B: Yeah. I feel suffocating too.A: Are summers always this hot here? It's almost like in the desert. B: Yes, especially in July and A ugust. A: Well, what did the weatherman say? B: He said another heat wave is on the way. A: Oh no! I hope not.B: How about going out to the beach to cool off？A: Good idea. Maybe it's the only place for this sort of weather.Now make similar conversations according to the given situations. Use the structures and express ions above in your conversations where appropriate..[ti:Unit 3 Part CTest Your ListeningYou're going to hear five short conversations. Listen carefully and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.1. W: It's been freezing for the last few days.M: Yes. And the forecast says there will be more snow next week, accompanied by strong winds. Q: What will the weather be like next week?2. M: We haven't had such a severe winter for a long time, have we? W: No, and the forecast saysit's going to get worse before it warms up. Q: What can we learn from the conversation?3. W: What if it rains hard? What are we going to do?M: I think it will clear up soon. But if it keeps raining, the whole thing will have to be cancelled. Q: What can we learn from the conversation?4. M: How was the weather when you left New York?W: It was very much like the weather in Beijing. You don't have to take a lot of clothes. Q: What c an we learn from the conversation?5. W: If it is this hot tomorrow, we may have to give up the idea of playing tennis in the afternoon . M: The weather forecast says it will cloud over by noon. Q: What does the man mean?Unit 4 Music Part AListening StrategyListening for Signal WordsThe ability to identify signal words can help us follow the thread of the speaker's thought. People often use signal words or phrases like "but", "therefore" and "as a result" to add a comment that contrasts with what has just been said or to signal what they are about to say is the result or caus e of their previous remarks. Similarly, words and phrases like "for example", "most importantly", " first", "second", "finally" and "then" usually signal that the speaker is going to provide an illustrati on or emphasize a certain point or discuss several aspects of a certain topic. So we should pay att ention to signal words in listening as they will prepare us for what is going to be said. You're going to hear four short passages.Listen carefully and write down the signal word(s) in each passage. Then choose a, b, c or d to ind icate the function of the signal word(s) used in each of the passages.1. Most people like music. In fact, we are surrounded by it. It's on the radio and television and ca n be heard in stores and restaurants. However, not everyone likes the same kind of music.2. The manager of the music shop was called Brian Epstein. Because so many people had asked fo r a record by the Sun, Epstein decided to go and listen to the group himself.3. Firstly I would like to talk about classical music and its representative composers, then I will mo ve on to jazz music, and finally I will focus on pop music in the last century.4. We listen to exciting music and our hearts beat faster, our blood pressure rises, and our blood f lows more quickly. In short, we're stimulated.[ti:Unit 4 Part B] Listening Tasks A PassageBackground MusicExercise 1Listen to the passage. As you listen, read the signal words in your book and put a tick () in the bra ckets after the ones you have heard.Background music may seem harmless, but it can have a powerful effect on those who hear it. Recorded background music first found its way into factories, shops and restaurants in the USA. V ery soon it spread to other parts of the world. Now it is becoming difficult to go shopping or eat a meal without listening to music. To begin with, background music was intended simply to create a soothing atmosphere. Recently, however, it's becoming a big business. An American marketing expert has shown that music can boost sales or increase factory production by as much as a third. But it has to be the light music. Lively music has no effect at all on sales. Slow music can increase receipts by 34%. This is probably because shoppers slow down and have more opportunity to spo t items they would like to buy. Yet, slow music isn't always the answer. The expert found that in restaurants slow music meant customers took longer to eat their meals, which reduced overall sales . So restaurant owners might be well advised to play faster music to keep the customers moving — unless, of course,the resulting indigestion leads to complaints. Questions1. Where was recorded background music first used?2. What was the original purpose of backgro und music?3. What kind of music can have a powerful effect on customers in shops?4. Why doesn't the same kind of music work in restaurants according to the passage? Speaking TasksPair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with yo ur partner. Conversation 1A: Do you like English songs? B: I'm crazy about them.A: What's your favorite song?B: It's hard to say. There are so many beautiful songs. A: Who's your favorite singer then?B: Sarah Brightman, undoubtedly. I do admire her, you know. I love all her songs. A: I like her, too, but not that much. Conversation 2A: Do you care for opera?B: Yes, I do, very much.A: Which do you like better, opera or musical?B: Opera.A: Do you just listen to it or go to performances?B: I prefer going to a performance. It has everything, color and spectacle and great music. A: Why don't we go and see Aida together? It's being performed at the Grand Theater. B: I've seen it alrea dy. It's excellent.A: Oh, lucky you! Conversation 3A: Do you enjoy listening to music?B: Yes, very much. I enjoy listening to music more than any other pastime.A: What's your favorite music?B: It depends. When I am in a good mood, I'd prefer something exciting, with a fast rhythm. But if I feel low, I can only listen to something soft and quiet. A: Mm, me too.Now make similar conversations. Use the structures and expressions above where appropriate. Yo ur conversations should include the following points.[ti:Unit 4 Part C] Test Your ListeningListen to the passage three times and supply the missing information.Celine Dion is the youngest of 14 children in a working-class family in Quebec, Canada. Her pare nts, who both loved music, encouraged her to develop her musical talent. At 12, Celine had comp osed the song "It Was Only a Dream". Her mother and brother helped her to make a recording of that song and sent it off to an address they found on an album of a popular French singer. The ad dress was that of Rene Angelil, who became her first conquest, but there would be millions more. Celine's rise from a teenage singer to a pop superstar has been steady, but not without difficultie s. Record companies were at first less enthusiastic about investing in a teenager than Angelil, who mortgaged his own home to pay for her first album. But her first two albums won a great success . And by 1983 she became the first Canadian ever to have a gold record inFrance. In 1990, Celine made her first English language record with Unison but her real breakthrough in America came when she was selected by Disney to sing the theme song of Beauty and the Beast. The song went to No.1 on the chart and won both a Grammy and an Academy award. In 19 96 she performed at the opening ceremony of the 1996 Atlanta Olympic Games and in 1997 she r ecorded the theme song for Titanic, and her name became synonymous with the enormously suc cessful film. Celine Dion's favorite theme is love. She sings the depth and the power of love in a gr eat many of her hits such as "Love Can Move Mountains", "Because You Loved Me", "The Power o f Love" and, of course, the theme song of Titanic, "My Heart Will Go On".Unit 5 Health Part AListening StrategyIdentifying the Relationship Between the Speakers in a ConversationIdentifying the relationship between the speakers in a conversation is an important skill in liste ning comprehension. Although sometimes the conversation itself does not contain words that say exactly what the relationship is, we can rely on contextual clues to find it out. Such clues include the degree of intimacy (e.g., how intimately the speakers address each other, what endearments are used), the degree of politeness (strangers tend to be more polite towards each other than frie nds or family members), and the particular situation (at a doctor's consulting room, at a shop, etc .).Listen to the following conversations and choose the right answers to the questions that follow the conversations.1. M: What's the trouble?W: I feel dizzy and my whole body aches. M: How long have you been sick? W: Two or three days now.M: How's your appetite?W: I've got no appetite. The sight of food simply turns my stomach. What's wrong with me? M: Yo u seem to be generally run-down.Q: What is the mnost probable relationship between the two speakers? 2. W: What's the matter, Jack? You look pale. M: Oh, I feel terrible.W: Why? What's the matter?M: I have a splitting headache and a sore throat. W: Why didn't you tell me?M: I thought they might go away, but I feel worse this morning. I'm aching all over.W: Hmm. You feel warm, too. You must have got a fever. There's a pretty bad flu going around, yo u know.Q: What's the most probable relationship between the two speakers?[ti:Unit 5 Part B]Listening TasksA ConversationGoing to See the DoctorExercise 1Listen to the conversation and choose the right answers to complete the statements. D: So what's your trouble?P: Well, doctor, I haven't been feeling well lately. My biggest problem is that I'm having trouble sl eeping.D: Have you tried any of the sleeping medications available? P: I've tried one or two, but they don 't seem to help. D: How long have you had this problem?P: Three or four months — it's been rather a long time now.D: Are you suffering from an unusual level of stress in your life lately? P: Not more than usual. My biggest worry is the fact I can't sleep. D: Well, some people don't need as much sleep as others. P: But I feel tired all day, so it is a problem for me. D: Have you been experiencing any other symp toms? P: I've also had a lot of indigestion lately.D: Well, you are a little overweight, aren't you?P: Yes. And I've gained about seven kilograms this past year.D: You really should try to lose at least that extra weight. Do you get much exercise? P: No, not ve ry much.D: Physical activity is very important.P: So what do you recommend, doctor?D: I will give you some medications for your insomnia and your indigestion. But I also recommend that you begin a regular exercise program.P: But I have neither the time nor the money to go to a gym.D: You don't need to go to a gym. A simple walking program would be very beneficial for you. I thi nk you'll find that diet and exercise will be very helpful in taking care of your recent complaints. Speaking TasksPair WorkListen to the following conversations and repeat after the recording. Then role-play them with yo ur partner. Conversation 1D: What's wrong with you?P: I have a burning stomachache. And I feel like vomiting, too. D: How long has it been like this? P: Since yesterday.D: What did you eat yesterday? Did you eat seafood? P: Yes. I had some crabs at lunch and then I j ust felt terrible. D: Yours seems to be a minor case of food poisoning.P: What do you think I should do, doctor?D: I'll give you some medications for your stomachache and indigestion. And don't eat any seafoo d for the next week or so.P: I won't, doctor. Thank you.Conversation 2D: What seems to be the problem?P: I hurt my left foot yesterday. I missed one step while coming down the stairs.D: (after examining the foot) You have a sprained ankle. It's slightly swollen. How does it feel? P: R ather painful there. What should I do, doctor?D: I'll give you an X-ray to see if there is anything wrong with the bone.Now make similar conversations according to the given situations. Use the structures and express ions above in your conversations where appropriate.[ti:Unit 5 Part C] Test Your ListeningYou're going to hear five short conversations. Listen carefully and choose the right answers to the questions you hear.1. W: Jane kept coughing and couldn't go to sleep all night. M: She must be sick. I hope she's bett er today.Q: What do you know about Jane? 2. M: I haven't seen Jack for ages.W: Neither have I. But I heard he had been in hospital for three weeks. Q: What do you learn fro。
大学体验英语听说教程2(第二版)听力原文(最后两题)
Experiencing English Listening ＆SpeakingLevel 04 Unit 1 Introductions“You’ll really like him.”Alice: Look, there he is.Jean: Who?Alice: Robert, the guy I’ve been telling you about.Jean: Oh. The guy you’re going out with?Alice: I wish. The guy I WANT to go out with.Jean: Oh, he’s really handsome. Um, let’s go talk to him.Alice: Oh, OK. I’ll introduce you. I think you’ll really like him. Hi, Robert. Robert: Oh, hi.Alice: Have you met my friend, Jean?Robert: Hey, Jean. I think we’ve met before.Jean: We have? Where?Robert: Last December, at Sam’s party.Jean: Oh, Sam.Robert: Oh? Aren’t you going out with him anymore?Jean: No, we broke up a couple of mouths ago.Robert: Oh—Oh, really?Unit 2 Personality “What do you like about him?”Sheri: Hey, I went out with the neatest guy over the weekend!Jeremy: Yeah, what’s he like? Tall? Handsome?Sheri: Not really.Jeremy: Dress nice? Drive a nice car?Sheri: Not especially.Jeremy: Then he must be buff. Does he work out a lot?Sheri: No—But he has a nice smile—Dimples. I like dimples. He’s kind of cute. Jeremy: And that’s what you like about him?Sheri: No, it’s more than that. He’s sensitive.Jeremy: Sensitive? How can you tell?Sheri: Well, we went to this really romantic movie, and there was this really sad part, and, and he—Cried.Jeremy: He cried?Sheri: Yeah, he just cried and he didn’t try to hide it or anything. It was so sweet.Jeremy: Oh—You like that, huh? Well, I cry at movies, too!Unit 3 Home “The view is great.”Sean: This is Sean McCain, live with Julie Morris, from Gemini One, the internatonal space station. Julie, can you hear me?Julie: Yes, I can hear you.Sean: Julie, can you tell us, what is it like living on the Gemini One?Julie: The Gemini One is wonderful. It’s not so different from living on Earth, really. We have jobs, friends, entertainment, natural beauty. And we have all the modern conveniences that you have on Earth.Sean: What modern conveniences?Julie: Well, we have movie theaters, game centers, music clubs, shops, restaurants—Sean: How about food? How do you get your food?Julie: I go shopping, just like everyone on Earth. You can get any type of food here.Sean: Is food expensive?Julie: Some of it is. The stuff that’s imported from Earth is very expensive. Likea banana from Earth can cost $100. But most food is really cheap. Sean: Do you miss getting away to the countryside or the mountains? Don’t you miss nature?Julie: Well, we have lots of nature up here. I can go hiking and mountain biking, riding in the hills, take a swim in a beautiful lake. It’s really beautiful up here.3Sean: How do people get around up there?Julie: Oh, just like we do down there. We have electric cars and trains, but not airplanes.Sean: What do you like most about living in the space station?Julie: Well, the air is clean. There’s no pollution, and it’s easy to get around. It’s really an ideal world.Sean: And what do you like least?Julie: Well, it’s kind of expensive to fly home to Earth to see my parents for the holidays.Unit 4 Technology “How does it work?”Cindy: What the heck is that?Dave: It’s a Thai magazine.Cindy: Thai? You can read Thai?Dave: Well, a little.Cindy: How?Dave: I went to Thailand last summer and I lived with a Thai friend and his family. I had such a great experience I want to go back.Cindy: Why? What was your experience like?Dave: Well, I started to learn some Thai—And practiced talking with people and ordering in restaurants and everybody was so nice—You know,Thailand is called the Land of the Smiles—They even smiled when I made a mistake speaking the language. The people were beautiful.Everything was beautiful. It changed my life.Cindy: But I’ve always heard that Thai was impossible to learn.Dave: Maybe for some people but not for me. I mean it is totally different from English. The writing system is different, they use different tones, everything is different, but I really want to learn it. I want to understand more when I go back.Cindy: I wish I felt that way about learning French. Maybe I should study another language.Dave: No, Cindy, it’s not the language. You’ve just got to get into it.Unit 5 Nationalities “All around the world”Steve: I can’t believe these people. I can’t believe what they do.Trish: Calm down, Steve. What are you talking about? What is it this time? Steve: Look at this. I just bought a donut. I’m so sick of the clerk wrapping each pastry individually, then taping the bags shut, then putting those bags in another bag, folding it down, and then taping that bag shut. I can’t take it anymore. It’s crazy and it’s bad for the environment.Trish: How long have you been living here? Don’t you know that’s the way it is? Steve: I just want them to stick ‘em in a napkin for me, so I can eat while I’m5walking to class.Trish: There you go again. Don’t you know it’s rude to eat while you walk? Steve: I’m so tired of this place. I don’t have time to sit down and eat. People here are too inflexible, and they have too many rules.Trish: Yeah, right, Steve, so you’re gonna convert everybody here to your way of doing things?Steve: Yeah, there has to be more individual freedom to do whatever you want.Trish: Why don’t you just relax and go with the flow?Steve: Go with the flow? The whole system is a waste of my time. The clerks here should learn how to be more efficient, like in the U.S.Trish: What are you talking about? When I was in the U.S., the clerks were really rude. They just ignore you, and seem offended if you want anything. Don’t you think it’s better this way?Steve: Are you kidding?Trish: Well, I kind of like it. It’s nice to relax and enjoy the moment while your packages are being wrapped. I like all of the traditions, and the care and attention that people give you, and the manners. To me, it’s a wonderful place to live.Steve: I think you’re nuts.Trish: You’re not gonna last long, mate.Unit 6 Identity “What’s your number?”Int: So, Ms. Spencer, why did you apply for this job at CNN?Amy: Well, I’ve always wanted to be a journalist, and I like traveling. And, you can interview lots of important people.Int: Tell me about your experience in journalism.Amy: Um—Well, I make a newsletter for my family. And I worked on my high school newspaper. And I read a lot of newspapers and newsmagazines —Int: Do you think you’re qualified for the prestige of this job?Amy: Absolutely. I’ve taken acting lessons. And I look good on camera. And I travel a lot so I think I’d be good as a foreign correspondent.Int: What about teamwork? Have you ever worked as part of a team?Amy: Of course, I was really great at sports in high school, and—Int: You don’t seem to have much experience as a writer.Amy: Well, that’s not exactly true. I write a lot of e-mail to my friends.Int: And you haven’t taken any journalism courses, have you?Amy: Well, I took a class in modern film, and one in communications, or something like that.Int: Well, thanks, Ms. Spencer. We’ll be in touch.7Unit 7 Family “I really take after my dad.”Nate: Are these your parents?Jane: Yeah, that’s my whole family.Nate: Oh. You look a lot like your mom—Especially your eyes, very deep, beautiful eyes.Jane: Oh, thank you—Nate: And the same figure—Same shape.Jane: Uhh, hey, I don’t want to hear that. I may look like my mom, but I really take after my dad.Nate: Really, in what way?Jane: We’ve both very adventurous. My dad was, like, into motorcycles when he was younger—And he was in one of those, you know, motorcycle clubs.Nate: You mean, like a motorcycle gang?Jane: Yeah—But that was before he was married. I’ve been riding a motorcycle myself since I was 17.Nate: You? No way!Jane: Yeah, I’ve always done stuff like that.Nate: Really, like what else?Jane: Well, surfing, snowboarding—My dad and I even went skydiving once.We didn’t tell my mom, though. She would have killed us!Unit 8 Directions “Are you lost?”Woman: Moshi —moshi. Gengo sentea —Father: Hello —Hello —Veronica —veron —Ve-ro-ni-ca Smith —Is Veronica Smith there, please?Woman: Ah, Ah —Veronica —sensei —Veronica —sensei? Ah, wait a moment, please ——Father: ［muttering to himself］Wait a moment? What’s wrong? Veronica: Hello.Father: Hello, Veronica. Is that you?Veronica: Yes, Dad. It’s me.Father: Where is this place? Somebody was speaking Japanese to me. I mean, did I call the right number?Veronica: Dad, you called the school number. And you’re luky I’m here now.Dad, I told you. Don’t call the school number. Remember?Father: Yes, but you didn’t give me your home phone number. Why didn’t you call me?Veronica: I just got here a few days ago —Okay, let me give it to you. Are you ready?Father: Uh, ready. Ready. Okay.Veronica: Okay. It’s 798-55-4123.Father: 798-55-4123.Veronica: Oh, oh, wait. Dial the country code. And that’s 81 —and then —9and then the number.Father: Why is the number so long?Veronica: Because it is, Dad.Father: Do you have a place yet?Veronica: Yeah. Let me give you the address. Are you ready?Father: Um —yeah. Okay. What is it?Veronica: It’s one dash one dash one fifty-five —Uegahara B356.Father: Uh, w-wh-wait. Wait. One —one what? Why is it so long? Veronica: Dad, I’ve got to go I’ll send it to you by e-mail. Bye.［Kiss sound］Father: But, what’s your e-mail address?Unit 9 Jobs “The benefits are great!”Kevin: Hey, Cathy, I found a good place for a vacation this summer.Cathy: What is it?Kevin: It’s called Camp Star.Cathy: Hmmm. Looks pretty. But what can you do there?Kevin: It’s kind of isolated.Cathy: Isolated? What do you mean?Kevin: It’s off the coast, and you have to take a boat to get there. This week’s program is that you hike and hear lectures and talk about current issues.Cathy: Where do you stay? Tents?Kevin: No, it’s an old hotel. They have a couple of rules, though.Cathy: Uh-huh?Kevin: It says here there’s no TV and you can’t use any electrical appliances. Cathy: No TV? And no electrical —Wait a minute. What about my notebook computer?Kevin: No, no computers, and there’s only one telephone on the whole island. Cathy: What? So I won’t be able to check my e-mail either?Kevin: You’ll get by. It’ll be fun! Look, you can read, and talk, and think. And every morning you go for a long hike.Cathy: Ahh. Sounds like work.Kevin: I think it would be relaxing. I’d like to get away from the phone for a week. And I think it’d be good for you.Cathy: So you’re telling me there’s no TV, no computers, and I have to wake up every morning to go hiking. Why on earth would anybody want to go there?11Unit 10 Style “It means a lot to me.”Jean: I’m ready, are you? Why don’t you take that necklace off before you go in the pool?Chandra: Oh, this? No, I never take it off. I wear it all the time. I’ve had it since I was a kid.Jean: Really? You’re worn it since you were little? Why?Chandra: Well, when I was a baby, I lived in India. And I was sick all the time, so my parents took me to a doctor. And, well, the doctor at first did n’t want to treat me because —Jean: What: Why?Chandra: Well, because I was a girl.Jean: Huh? Because you were a girl?Chandra: Yeah, well, that’s the way it was. Anyway, so my parents took me to this witch doctor, and I —Jean: A witch doctor?Chandra: Yeah, well, I guess you could call her a —I don’t know, a spiritual healer. She was an old woman in our village. And she took a look at me and she said I needed silver.Jean: Silver?Chandra: Yeah. She said I needed silver so that I could get better. And then my grandmother went to a jeweler and she had this silver necklace made for me. They put it on me, and I got better.Jean: I don’t believe that.Chandra: Well, I didn’t either for a while. But you know what? When I was 20 I took it off and I put it in a drawer for a little while. And then, I started to get sick again. And I didn’t get better. I was just sick all the time. And then I remembered the necklace, and I put it on. And after that, I was fine.Jean: Wow.Unit 11 Travel “They lost my luggage!”Angela: I’m thinking about going to Costa Rica —Trevor: Great. I went to Costa Rica once —but I had a terrible time getting there —Angela: Oh, yeah? What happened?Trevor: Well, when I got to the airport, I realized I didn’t have my passport —Angela: Oh no.Trevor: So I called a friend —and he broke into my house —Got my passport and brought it to me. But I missed that flight so I had to stay overnight in San Francisco.Angela: Oh, that’s too bad.Trevor: Yeah. So I got the flight the next day —and of course on the way we had engine trouble —so we had to stop in Mexico City —I was stuck13there for another, like, 22hours while they got the part.Angela: Oh, my gosh!Trevor: And I mean stuck. They wouldn’t even let us out of the airport —Angela: You’re kidding!Trevor: I’m telling you. So finally, we, like, after all this time, I got to Costa Rica two days late and-Angela: And don’t tell me, your luggage isn’t there.Trevor: You guessed it. I go into the airline office to complain and there was this really wonderful woman working at the counter.Angela: Oh, yeah?Trevor: And she was really nice and helped me out —Angela: Mm-hmm —Trevor: ——and we sort of hit it off —Angela: Yeah? And then what?Trevor: About two months later we got married!Unit 12 Food “What’s for dinner?”Rob: Hey, Tony! What’s up?Tony: Hey, Rob. Check this out. I got a package from my Mom.Rob: Oh, yes! Cookies, I hope.Tony: Nah, it’s a cookbook. Twenty-Minute Meals. It’s perfect for us, don’t you think?Rob: Yeah, I guess. But I wish she would’ve sent you cookies instead. Tony: Think about it, though. No more instant ramen, no more fast-food burgers. Twenty minutes in the kitchen, and voila! We have a well-balanced meal. Are you in?Rob: Whatever you say, Chef Tony. Let’s have a look. How about this? Super Nachos. Now that’s my kind of food.Tony: All right! Let’s get started. What do we need?Rob: What we really need is for you to find a girlfriend who can cook.Tony: Yeah, right. And then you’ll find one, too, and they can take turns cooking for us. So what are the ingredients?Rob: Hmm —chips, salsa, can of chili, and shredded cheese. That sounds easy enough.Tony: Well, we’ve got half a bag of nacho chips. Think that’s enough?Rob: It’ll have to be. Let’s see what’s in the fridge. We’ve got lots of soda —Half a submarine sandwich —Cheese! We’ve got that —Oh, it’s kind of moldy, though.15Tony: Kind of? It’s green! Do we have any chili?Rob: Sorry, man, I think I ate it the other night.Tony: That wasn’t yours. Anyway, I had a coupla cans. There must be at least one left.Rob: Let’s see —Box of cereal —some instant ramen —and a jar of peanut butter. That’s it.Tony: Oh, rats. It looks like we can’t have nachos tonight after all.Rob: I guess not. Well, what’s it gonna be? Instant ramen for the third night in a row? With peanut butter?Tony: I’m so sick of that junk! Let’s go to the supermarket and get what we need to make Super Nachos.Rob: Yeah, and on the way, let’s stop for hamburgers or a pizza.Tony: Yeah, cool.Unit 13 Schedules “I’ll pencil it in.”Manager: Ok, time to get up, women! Your public is waiting for you!Woman1: Huh? What day is it?Manager: It’s Wednesday. We’re in Middleburg. Ohio, tonight at the Summer Fest in the town park.Woman2: Yeah. Hope it doesn’t rain.Manager: Then tomorrow it’s up to Cleveland to play for Sarah’s induction intothe Hall of Fame, followed by an autograph signing session.Woman1: Wish it was us being inducted. The first all-girl rock band in the Rock and Roll Hall of Fame —What’s on for Friday?Manager: Friday we have to be in the studio in Akron. We’re doing a live online chat on . Come on guys. You’ll love it. It’s at 4:00, and then we’ve in the Starlight Dome that night.Woman1: Where are we playing Saturday?Manager: Pittsburgh, at the Waterfront Fair. We’ll be there Sunday afternoon, too.Woman2: This schedule is brutal. When do we get a day off?Manager: Hah! We’re booked through the weekend, but we have a light schedule on Monday. We just have to drive out to record the new CD in St. Louis, but at least you can sleep on the bus. Hmm?Unit 14 Weather “It’s raining cats and dogs.”Alex: Grandma, what are these pictures?G: These are pictures of Alaska.Alex: That’s where you grew up, right?G: That’s right, dear —I lived there until I was 19 years old.Alex: Is that you in this picture?G: Yes, that’s me —And my sister Ruth —and our dog, Kusko. That was17out behind our house.Alex: Wow. It looks cold!G: Yes, that was in the winter —and it was cold —It snowed a lot! And boy, Kusko just loved the snow. Ruth and I and Kusko used to play in the snow for hours.Alex: Did you make snowmen?G: Oh, we made some great snowmen —Alex: Is that you in this picture, too?G: Yes, that’s me and Ruth again —I guess we were both in high school then ——Alex: Where are you?G: We were hiking near Seward —We hiked a lot in those days.Alex: But where’s the snow?G: Well, it doesn’t snow ALL the time in Alaska, you know. That was in the springtime —Spring was a great time for hiking —It was a little muddy, though —Alex: Oh ——G: Look, here’s a picture of Ruth now, outside her house.Alex: That’s Aunt Ruth’s house, in Alaska? I thought everybody lived in igloos! G: (laughing) Oh, no. Most people live in regular houses! —aren’t those flowers lovely?Alex: You mean, flowers grow there too?G: Of course. In the summer everything just blooms —it’s sunny and the weather is warm —Alex: Warm? You mean, it was warm enough to go swimming?G: Oh, we all went swimming in July and August —the water was cold —But swimming was so much fun —Alex: Was summer your favorite season?G: You know, I love all the seasons, but I think my favorite season was autumn.The leaves in the mountains turning to gold —I always loved that sign of the changing seasons —Look, here’s a picture of the mountains near our house in the fall —Alex: Wow, Grandma, I’d like to go to Alaska sometime.G: Well, Alex, I’ve got an idea. Let’s go to Alaska together sometime.Alex: Yeah, Grandma, that’d be great.19Unit 15 Lifestyle “It’s so convenient.”［music］——Okay, sit back in your chair. And let your hands rest loosely in your lap. Close your eyes. Now lift your shoulders up and then let them fall. Breathe in, filling your lungs with air. Now let your breath out very slowly. Imagine you are on a beach. See the sand, the trees and the water. Feel the soft sand below you. Let your feet sink into the sand. Look at the gentle waves in the water. The waves are coming in ——and going out. You’re breathing slowly and calmly, like the waves ——Feel the warm sun on your skin. Oh, you feel good. You’re relaxed. You’re well and happy. Now, see yourself slowly leaving the beach. Your body is warm and relaxed. You come back to your daily life with new energy and joy. And now, slowly, open your eyes.。
- 1、下载文档前请自行甄别文档内容的完整性，平台不提供额外的编辑、内容补充、找答案等附加服务。
- 2、"仅部分预览"的文档,不可在线预览部分如存在完整性等问题,可反馈申请退款(可完整预览的文档不适用该条件!)。
- 3、如文档侵犯您的权益，请联系客服反馈,我们会尽快为您处理(人工客服工作时间：9:00-18:30)。
大学英语（第二版）听说教程听力原文Test 1Part ADirections: You are going to hear eight short conversations between two speakers. Each will be read only once. After each conversation, a question will be asked about what you have heard. Listen once and choose the right answer to the question you hear. (8 points) 1.M: You like music, don’t you, SallyW: Yes. Classical and light music. But now what you hear everywhere is only noisy music.I can’t stand it.Q: What does the woman mean2.W: I think I’ll wear my red blouse to the party tonight.M: Why don’t you wear the blue one I think you look in better in it.Q: What does the man mean3.W: How do you like the pie you’ve hadM: Never have I had such a delicious pie.Q: What does the man mean4.W: Oh, Peter. I’m hungry. I can’t walk any further.M: How about getting something to eat in the restaurant just round the corner by theparking lotQ: Where are the two speakers5.W: Nice day, isn’t it Want to join us for a swimM: Would you mind waiting for a minute while I get preparedQ: What does the woman mean6.W: Hi, Tony. Haven’t seen you for some time. How have you beenM: I have a car accident last week, but only some minor injuries.Q: What happened to Tony7.W: Maggie, could you forward this mail to Professor WangM: Sorry, Phil. My computer has broken down. But I’ll do it as soon as I have it fixed.Q: What does the woman mean8.W: I’ve been under the weather for quite a few days. I thought my cold was going away.But it seems to get worse now.M: You’ve been complaining too much. Why didn’t you make an appointment with the doctor earlierQ: What does the man meanPart BDirections: You’ll hear two conversations. Each will be read once. Listen carefully and choose the right answers to the questions you hear. (7 points)Conversation 1Alan: Are you going to the football game today, BettyBetty: No, Alan. But I’ll be watching it on television with some friends.Alan: Weren’t you able to get any ticketsBetty: I didn’t try. I really don’t go to games so often.Alan: But don’t you enjoy going Don’t you find it exciting to be part of the crowdBetty: Oh, that’s for sure. Nothing beats the atmosphere at a sporting event: the cheering, all that energy. But sometimes it’s just too inconvenient getting into and out of thestadium before and after the game. And if you watch the game with friends, or at a bar or restaurant…Alan: …you’ve basically created your own crowd.Betty: That’s right. Another reason why I like to watch games on television is that I simply find it easier to follow the action on TV.Alan: Yeah, sometimes it is a little difficult to keep track of the ball when you’re sitting in the stands.Betty: Especially when your seats are high up in the grandstand and far from the field. Alan: It’s like you’re watching from an airplane, sometimes.Betty: Also, good sports commentators on television can add to your understanding and enjoyment of the game.Alan: After listening to you, I’m starting to wonder how they are able to sell any tickets to these games!Questions 9 to 12 are based on the conversation you’ve just heard.9.What do you know about the two speakers10.What are the two speakers talking about11.Why does Betty prefer to watch games on TV12.What can you learn from the conversationConversation 2W: OK, everyone. Please be quiet. Today we’re so pleased to have Tom Johnson here to talk to us. He is going to share some safety tips with us. OK, Tom, they’re all yours. Tom: Thanks. Good morning everyone! I’m Tom Johnson, and I’m a firefighter at Station 11.Well, we live in California. As we know there are a lot of earthquakes here. Many are small. But, if there’s a strong earthquake, what should we do Does anyone know Girl: I know! I know! Get under a strong piece of furniture—like a desk or a table.Tom: That’s right. What elseBoy: Move away from the windows. They are so dangerous because they can break. Tom: Good, good. What about after an earthquake then What should you doBoy: Well, we shouldn’t use matches.Tom: Why notBoy: Because many terrible fires start after an earthquake.Girl: Yeah, and when the shaking stops, don’t go outside.Tom: Exactly. A lot of people run to the stores for food and water after an earthquake. But it’s not safe. It’s better to stay indoors.Questions 13 to 15 are based on the conversation you’ve heard.13.What is the speaker talking about14.Which of the following are the students advised to do if there’s a strong earthquake15.What are the students advised to do after an earthquakePart CWhat do twenty million people around the world have in common The answer is they all use the Internet.In fact from your desk, you can check the weather in Rio, buy stocks in Hong Kong, or see the latest exhibition in the Louvre museum in Paris. Also, specialist users like language teachers can discuss the latest classroom techniques and activities. On a more serious note, doctors in African can get up-to-the-second information on medical research around the world.All you need is a basic computer, a modem and the software to a phone line. With a single key stroke you’re online and you don’t have to wait long for information. Deliverytime for e-mail from Europe to the USA is about 10 seconds. But is it expensive？Not really – a typical online monthly charge fee in the US can be as low as$10.What’s really extraordinary about the Internet is the amount and variety of information available. You can find out about kite flying in Korea, the prices of hotels in Pakistan, and the best plays on Broadway. You can use electronic bulletin boards to join in political debates, get advice about love, or even analyze your favorite sports teams’performance. Services are available that allow you to do your banking, reserve airline tickets, and even shop for a Mother’s Day gift.Part DPassage 1In some countries video games are fast becoming a social problem. They are banned in the Philippines and Indonesia. In Japan, those who are under 15 years old are forbidden to use the public machines at night. City elders across the United States are campaigning to restrict their numbers, while the Hong Kong government is proposing to license their operation. These video games are causing children to waste their money on them. Even adults are lured into spending working hours playing them.In Singapore, the battle of man against the machines takes place in licensed amusement centers, mostly located in shopping centers. According to one estimated, each establishment can make between ＄250 and ＄1,500 a day. The schoolchildren in uniforms there are not allowed into these centers. However, one cannot help noticing that the majority of those who are often found in these places are youngsters. Many of them are schoolchildren who have changed out of their uniforms. Some play for the fun of it, others have turned them into a form of gambling, and some are hopelessly addicted to them.Now kids and adults alike play these games in the privacy of their homes. Video game sets have invaded most homes. The question that must be asked is: Have they any education value？Passage 2Amy Johnson was a pioneer airwoman in Britain. She was born on July 1, 1903, in Yorkshire and lived there until 1923 when she went to Sheffield University to study for a BA. After graduation she took a job as a secretary to a London lawyer. At the same time she became interested in flying. Soon her hobby became a determination, not simply to make a career in aviation, but to succeed in some project which would prove to the world that women could be as competent as men in a male-dominated field in those days.Early in 1930, she chose her objective: to fly to Australia all by herself and to break the previous record of 16 days. Her parents and some of her friends lent her money to buy a used airplane.Amy set off on May 5, 1930. Her route took her over Vienna and Baghdad. She was caught in a sandstorm and had to make an emergency landing in the desert. Six days later she landed in India. After experiencing much hardship, she finally reached Australia on May 24, completing a flight of 11,000 miles. She was the first woman to fly alone to Australia. In later years, she set several other records in flight history.During World WarⅡ, Amy joined other professional pilots to serve her country. Her flying duties consisted of transporting aircraft from factories to British air bases. It was during one of those flights in 1941 that Amy crashed into a river and was drowned, a tragic and early end to the life of Britain’s most famous women pilot.Passage 3Bargaining customs are very different around the world. Few tourists would go shopping in another country without knowing the exchange rate. However, many travelers do not learn anything about the local shopping customs the place they are visiting before spending money. Understanding when it is OK to bargain can save you a lot of money and make your shopping experience much more enjoyable.In some countries, bargaining is an important of part of the shopping culture. In others, bargaining is not done at all. Here is a bargaining guide for some countries around the world:Morocco: Bargaining is always expected in the shopping markets. Here bargaining is more than just getting the best price. If you go into a shop and agree to the first price a seller offers, the seller may not be happy. For Moroccans, bargaining is a form of entertainment; it is a game of skill, a little bit of acting, and it is a chance to chat about the weather, business, and family. So be sure to have fun and try to get a better price!Switzerland: Bargaining is not the custom here. Shop clerks can almost never give you a lower price. However, some hotels may give you a lower rate during the less popular times of the year. It cannot hurt to ask.Tahiti: Bargaining is not appropriate in the South Pacific. In fact, it is considered disrespectful to ask for a better price. In the food markets, sellers will even take their fruits and vegetables back home with them, rather than give a discount!Test 2Part ADirections: You are going to hear eight short conversations between two speakers. Each will be read only once. After each conversation, a question will be asked about what you have heard. Listen once and choose the right answer to the question you hear. (8 points) 1.M: Do you feel like jogging with me this afternoonW: I’d love to, but I have to go to my cousin’s. She’s got the flu and I have to look after her baby.Q: What will the woman do2.M: What a remarkable performance the young pianist gave inCarnegie Hall!W: I felt the same way.Q: How did the woman think of the performance3.M: Is it going to be a warm day tomorrow, BillW: A warm day Haven’t you listened to the weather forecastQ: What does Bill think of the weather tomorrow4.M: The food in this restaurant is really horrible. I wish we’d go to the school canteen.W: Well, food isn’t everything, is it It’s so nice to get away from the noise once in a while.Q: What does the woman mean5.M: Would you like to try some banana pie It’s very good.W: I’m sorry but I don’t care much for dessert.Q: What does the woman mean6.M: I can’t figure out why those youngsters are so eager to go afterbrand name clothing. It really doesn’t make sense to spend so much money on it.W: You’re right. Especially nowadays when styles change so quickly.Q: On what do the two speakers agree7.M: The flowers are so lovely. And I like the music too. Thanking youfor inviting me here.W: It’s a pleasure. Shall we order some soup firstQ: Where does the conversation take place8.M: You know I’m majoring in business and I really need to take acourse in computer science. But the trouble is I hate the computer.It’s so complicated.W: You need to know something about the computer first. You’ll find it very useful once you understand how it works. I can guarantee you that.Q: What can you learn from the conversationPart BDirections: You’ll hear two conversations. Each will be read once. Listen carefully and choose the right answers to the questions you hear. (7 points)Conversation 1W: Ah, Mr. Stone. Do come in and sit down.M: Thank you.W: How are you Are you still feeling very tired all the timeM: Yes, I am. Occasionally I have a pain in the chest.W: Well, your blood pressure is very high. And if you don’t change your lifestyle, you’re going to have a heart attack sooner or later.M: Oh, dear. What do I have to doW: Well, there are three things that you ought to do. First, stop smoking. Secondly, you really must lose weight, and you must reduce the amount of fat that you eat. And lastly, you must take more exercise.M: What sort of exercise should I doW: Walking is best. You should walk about three miles four or five times a week.M: But I don’t have time. I’m just so busy at work.W: That’s another thing. You mustn’t work so hard. Look, take this information and read it through. Then make an appointment to see our lifestyle consultant. She will work out a full diet and exercise program for you. And don’t worry. That’s the last thing you should do. I’ll see you again next month.M: OK, Thank you, Doctor. Goodbye.W: Goodbye.Questions 9 to 12 are based on the conversation you’ve just heard.9.What cause the man’s problem according to the doctor10.Which of the following does the doctor tell the man to do11.What do you know about the manConversation 2M: Hi, Marry. Do you like musicW: Yes, very much, especially classical music.M: Do you like rock musicW: No, it’s too noisy. What about youM: I like it very much. You know rock stars play exciting music and their unusual clothes impress me a lot. I often go to their concerts.W: I don’t understand why rock stars are so famous.M: It’s because of their fans. They go to their concerts, buy their records and wear the same kind of clothes.W: I see. Did you watch TV last nightM: No, I didn’t. What was onW: Zed Hawks was interviewed on TV.M: Really He’s one of my favorite stars and he’s world famous. At least I suppose so. He’s given concerts in 12 countries and sold over 20 million records. What did he say in the TV interviewW: He didn’t say anything actually. During the interview the hostess suggested that Zed should behave better because his fans imitate him. Believe it or not. He reacted very angrily. And he walked out. The interview lasted less than two minutes.M: He really behaved badly. I’m so disappointed. Doesn’t he know rock stars need the public They earn money from the public. So why shouldn’t the public criticize them They shouldn’t complain when they are criticized. If they do, they’ll lose their fans. W: You said it.Questions 12 to 15 are based on the conversation you’ve just heard.12.What do you know about the woman13.Why are rock stars famous according to the man14.What did Zed Hawks do during the TV interview15.Which of the following is true of the manPart CThe weather changes so frequently that it is difficult to forecast. It is not unusual for people to complain that the weathermen were wrong. Fortunately, as Britain does not experience extreme weather conditions, it is never very cold or very hot. The temperature rarely rises above 32℃in summer, or falls below—10℃in winter.Summers are generally cool, but due to global warming they are starting to get drier and hotter. Hot weather causes terrible jams on the roads as Britons rush to the coastal resorts.Winters are generally mild, with the most frequent snowfalls in the Scottish Highlands, where it is possible to go skiing. People enjoy discussing the snow, complaining about the cold and comparing the weather conditions with previous winters.Contrary to the popular opinion, it does not rain all the time. There is certainly steady rainfall throughout most of the year, but the months from September to January are the wettest. Thanks to the rain, Britain has a richly fertile countryside which is famous for its deep green colour.Part DPassage 1People's understanding of health also becomes deeper with the progress in scientific research. Recently the term "health" has come to have a wider meaning than it used to. It no longer means just the absence of illness. Today, health means the well-being of your body, your mind and your relationship with other people. This new concept of health is closely related to another term-quality of life. Quality of life is the degree of overall satisfaction that a person gets from life.Why has the emphasis of health shifted from the absence of disease to a broader focus on the quality of a person's life One reason for this has to do with the length and conditions of life that people can now expect. Medical advances have made it possible for people today to live longer, healthier lives. Imagine for a moment that you were born in the year 1900. You could have expected on average to live until about the age of 47. In contrast, if you were born in the year 1999, you could expect to live to the age of 75.Passage 2I often dreamed about what the world would be like one hundred years from now. I’m sure it will have changed a lot. For example, I think many people will be living in space. In fact, I imagine that all the advanced countries will have established space cities by then. OnEarth, in my opinion, most people will be communicating in English “online” by computers and videophones.As for my country, I think life will have also changed in many ways. First of all, the population will be decreasing. People will have fewer children and everyone will be living in smaller, high-tech communities. In general, cities will have become much smaller. I also think most of the environmental and transportation problems of today’s big cities will have been solved. In fact, I think life in my country will be a lot healthier. If I’m lucky, maybe I’ll still be living.Passage 3Earthquakes are something that most people fear. In the world there are some places that have few or no earthquakes. However, most places in the world have earthquakes regularly. Some places, like Iran and Guatemala, have them frequently. Countries that have a lot of earthquakes are usually quite mountainous.The most talked about earthquake in the United Stated was the one that hit San Francisco in 1906. But the strongest one in North America was in 1964. It happened in Alaska.Strong earthquakes can kill a great many people. In 1755, one of the strongest earthquakes ever recorded happened in Portugal. Around 20, 000 people died. And in 1923, the great Kanto Earthquake in Japan claimed 142,000 lives.Earthquakes are not the only acts of nature which we fear. Floods, tidal waves and bad storms also cause us to be afraid, as they often claim many lives and do great damage to the environment. But they probably do not worry us as much as earthquakes, especially in modern times. The reason is that we often know they are coming. We have some warning. Someday we may be able to know when an earthquake is coming. However, so far no sure way is known to predict an earthquake. When one comes, it is a surprise. People cannot prepare for it, so hundreds of lives may be lost in earthquakes such as those in China in 1976 and in 2008.。